2010-10-14 08:30:41 +02:00
|
|
|
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
|
2011-03-31 10:05:04 +02:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
|
|
|
|
* License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
|
|
|
|
* file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
|
|
|
|
* contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
|
|
|
|
* with this work for additional information regarding copyright
|
|
|
|
* ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
|
|
|
|
* License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
|
|
|
|
* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
|
|
|
|
* the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2006-09-16 20:24:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "pagefrm.hxx"
|
|
|
|
#include "rootfrm.hxx"
|
|
|
|
#include "cntfrm.hxx"
|
|
|
|
#include "viewsh.hxx"
|
|
|
|
#include "doc.hxx"
|
|
|
|
#include "docsh.hxx"
|
|
|
|
#include "viewimp.hxx"
|
|
|
|
#include "swtable.hxx"
|
|
|
|
#include "dflyobj.hxx"
|
|
|
|
#include "flyfrm.hxx"
|
|
|
|
#include "frmtool.hxx"
|
|
|
|
#include "frmfmt.hxx"
|
|
|
|
#include "dcontact.hxx"
|
2010-06-13 15:22:56 +02:00
|
|
|
#include <anchoreddrawobject.hxx>
|
|
|
|
#include <fmtanchr.hxx>
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "viewopt.hxx"
|
|
|
|
#include "hints.hxx"
|
2001-10-19 09:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "dbg_lay.hxx"
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <ftnidx.hxx>
|
2009-10-16 00:05:16 +02:00
|
|
|
#include <svl/itemiter.hxx>
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <docary.hxx>
|
2010-01-08 18:32:51 +01:00
|
|
|
#include <editeng/keepitem.hxx>
|
|
|
|
#include <editeng/ulspitem.hxx>
|
|
|
|
#include <editeng/lrspitem.hxx>
|
2013-02-12 13:41:53 -05:00
|
|
|
#include <editeng/brushitem.hxx>
|
2010-01-08 18:32:51 +01:00
|
|
|
#include <editeng/boxitem.hxx>
|
2001-07-05 09:34:53 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <vcl/outdev.hxx>
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <fmtlsplt.hxx>
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <fmtrowsplt.hxx>
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <fmtsrnd.hxx>
|
|
|
|
#include <fmtornt.hxx>
|
|
|
|
#include <fmtpdsc.hxx>
|
|
|
|
#include <fmtfsize.hxx>
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <swtblfmt.hxx>
|
2006-03-09 13:09:00 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <ndtxt.hxx>
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "tabfrm.hxx"
|
|
|
|
#include "rowfrm.hxx"
|
|
|
|
#include "cellfrm.hxx"
|
|
|
|
#include "flyfrms.hxx"
|
|
|
|
#include "txtfrm.hxx" //HasFtn()
|
|
|
|
#include "htmltbl.hxx"
|
|
|
|
#include "sectfrm.hxx" //SwSectionFrm
|
2004-02-02 17:22:37 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <fmtfollowtextflow.hxx>
|
2004-08-02 13:13:28 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sortedobjs.hxx>
|
|
|
|
#include <objectformatter.hxx>
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <layouter.hxx>
|
2010-12-17 09:02:23 +01:00
|
|
|
#include <switerator.hxx>
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-06-20 16:36:51 +02:00
|
|
|
extern void AppendObjs( const SwFrmFmts *pTbl, sal_uLong nIndex,
|
2001-04-18 08:26:23 +00:00
|
|
|
SwFrm *pFrm, SwPageFrm *pPage );
|
|
|
|
|
2007-09-27 08:06:51 +00:00
|
|
|
using namespace ::com::sun::star;
|
|
|
|
|
2004-05-03 12:47:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
/*************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|* SwTabFrm::SwTabFrm(), ~SwTabFrm()
|
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|*************************************************************************/
|
2010-06-13 15:22:56 +02:00
|
|
|
SwTabFrm::SwTabFrm( SwTable &rTab, SwFrm* pSib ):
|
|
|
|
SwLayoutFrm( rTab.GetFrmFmt(), pSib ),
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
SwFlowFrm( (SwFrm&)*this ),
|
|
|
|
pTable( &rTab )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
bComplete = bCalcLowers = bONECalcLowers = bLowersFormatted = bLockBackMove =
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
bResizeHTMLTable = bHasFollowFlowLine = bIsRebuildLastLine =
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
bRestrictTableGrowth = bRemoveFollowFlowLinePending = sal_False;
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i26945#
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
bConsiderObjsForMinCellHeight = sal_True;
|
|
|
|
bObjsDoesFit = sal_True;
|
2013-02-09 11:35:20 +01:00
|
|
|
mbFixSize = sal_False; //Don't fall for import filter again.
|
|
|
|
mnType = FRMC_TAB;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
//Create the lines and insert them.
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
const SwTableLines &rLines = rTab.GetTabLines();
|
2004-05-18 14:52:05 +00:00
|
|
|
SwFrm *pTmpPrev = 0;
|
2012-06-18 18:04:44 +02:00
|
|
|
for ( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < rLines.size(); ++i )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2010-06-13 15:22:56 +02:00
|
|
|
SwRowFrm *pNew = new SwRowFrm( *rLines[i], this );
|
2001-03-13 13:36:37 +00:00
|
|
|
if( pNew->Lower() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2004-05-18 14:52:05 +00:00
|
|
|
pNew->InsertBehind( this, pTmpPrev );
|
|
|
|
pTmpPrev = pNew;
|
2001-03-13 13:36:37 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
delete pNew;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2010-11-25 17:08:45 +01:00
|
|
|
OSL_ENSURE( Lower() && Lower()->IsRowFrm(), "SwTabFrm::SwTabFrm: No rows." );
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SwTabFrm::SwTabFrm( SwTabFrm &rTab ) :
|
2010-06-13 15:22:56 +02:00
|
|
|
SwLayoutFrm( rTab.GetFmt(), &rTab ),
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
SwFlowFrm( (SwFrm&)*this ),
|
|
|
|
pTable( rTab.GetTable() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2011-09-08 11:07:51 +02:00
|
|
|
bComplete = bONECalcLowers = bCalcLowers = bLowersFormatted = bLockBackMove =
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
bResizeHTMLTable = bHasFollowFlowLine = bIsRebuildLastLine =
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
bRestrictTableGrowth = bRemoveFollowFlowLinePending = sal_False;
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i26945#
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
bConsiderObjsForMinCellHeight = sal_True;
|
|
|
|
bObjsDoesFit = sal_True;
|
2013-02-09 11:35:20 +01:00
|
|
|
mbFixSize = sal_False; //Don't fall for import filter again.
|
|
|
|
mnType = FRMC_TAB;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SetFollow( rTab.GetFollow() );
|
|
|
|
rTab.SetFollow( this );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2004-02-26 10:39:50 +00:00
|
|
|
extern const SwTable *pColumnCacheLastTable;
|
|
|
|
extern const SwTabFrm *pColumnCacheLastTabFrm;
|
|
|
|
extern const SwFrm *pColumnCacheLastCellFrm;
|
|
|
|
extern const SwTable *pRowCacheLastTable;
|
|
|
|
extern const SwTabFrm *pRowCacheLastTabFrm;
|
|
|
|
extern const SwFrm *pRowCacheLastCellFrm;
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2013-02-05 17:33:49 +00:00
|
|
|
//return the SwTabFrm (if any) that this SwTabFrm is a follow flow line for
|
|
|
|
SwTabFrm* SwTabFrm::GetFollowFlowLineFor()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SwFlowFrm *pPrec = GetPrecede();
|
|
|
|
if (pPrec && pPrec->GetFrm()->IsTabFrm())
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SwTabFrm *pPrevTabFrm = (SwTabFrm*)pPrec;
|
|
|
|
assert(this == pPrevTabFrm->GetFollow());
|
|
|
|
if (pPrevTabFrm->HasFollowFlowLine() && pPrevTabFrm->GetFollow() == this)
|
|
|
|
return pPrevTabFrm;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
SwTabFrm::~SwTabFrm()
|
|
|
|
{
|
2013-02-05 17:33:49 +00:00
|
|
|
//rhbz#907933, we are a follow flow line for something and have been
|
|
|
|
//deleted, remove ourself as a follow flowline
|
|
|
|
SwTabFrm* pFlowFrameFor = GetFollowFlowLineFor();
|
|
|
|
if (pFlowFrameFor)
|
|
|
|
pFlowFrameFor->RemoveFollowFlowLine();
|
|
|
|
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
// There is some terrible code in fetab.cxx, that
|
|
|
|
// makes use of these global pointers. Obviously
|
|
|
|
// this code did not consider that a TabFrm can be
|
|
|
|
// deleted.
|
2004-02-26 10:39:50 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( this == pColumnCacheLastTabFrm )
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2004-02-26 10:39:50 +00:00
|
|
|
pColumnCacheLastTable = NULL;
|
|
|
|
pColumnCacheLastTabFrm = NULL;
|
|
|
|
pColumnCacheLastCellFrm= NULL;
|
|
|
|
pRowCacheLastTable = NULL;
|
|
|
|
pRowCacheLastTabFrm = NULL;
|
|
|
|
pRowCacheLastCellFrm= NULL;
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|* SwTabFrm::JoinAndDelFollows()
|
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|*************************************************************************/
|
|
|
|
void SwTabFrm::JoinAndDelFollows()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SwTabFrm *pFoll = GetFollow();
|
|
|
|
if ( pFoll->HasFollow() )
|
|
|
|
pFoll->JoinAndDelFollows();
|
|
|
|
pFoll->Cut();
|
|
|
|
SetFollow( pFoll->GetFollow() );
|
|
|
|
delete pFoll;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|* SwTabFrm::RegistFlys()
|
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|*************************************************************************/
|
|
|
|
void SwTabFrm::RegistFlys()
|
|
|
|
{
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
OSL_ENSURE( Lower() && Lower()->IsRowFrm(), "No rows." );
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SwPageFrm *pPage = FindPageFrm();
|
|
|
|
if ( pPage )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SwRowFrm *pRow = (SwRowFrm*)Lower();
|
|
|
|
do
|
2006-03-09 13:09:00 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
pRow->RegistFlys( pPage );
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
pRow = (SwRowFrm*)pRow->GetNext();
|
|
|
|
} while ( pRow );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2004-05-03 12:47:42 +00:00
|
|
|
/*************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
|* Some prototypes
|
|
|
|
|*************************************************************************/
|
2012-06-01 14:25:22 +03:00
|
|
|
void SwInvalidateAll( SwFrm *pFrm, long nBottom );
|
2012-10-12 16:49:40 +02:00
|
|
|
static void lcl_RecalcRow( SwRowFrm& rRow, long nBottom );
|
2012-11-30 08:49:55 +09:00
|
|
|
static bool lcl_ArrangeLowers( SwLayoutFrm *pLay, long lYStart, bool bInva );
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i26945# - add parameter <_bOnlyRowsAndCells> to control
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
// that only row and cell frames are formatted.
|
2012-10-12 16:49:40 +02:00
|
|
|
static sal_Bool lcl_InnerCalcLayout( SwFrm *pFrm,
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
long nBottom,
|
|
|
|
bool _bOnlyRowsAndCells = false );
|
2004-03-23 10:25:23 +00:00
|
|
|
// OD 2004-02-18 #106629# - correct type of 1st parameter
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i26945# - add parameter <_bConsiderObjs> in order to
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
// control, if floating screen objects have to be considered for the minimal
|
|
|
|
// cell height.
|
2012-10-12 16:49:40 +02:00
|
|
|
static SwTwips lcl_CalcMinRowHeight( const SwRowFrm *pRow,
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
const sal_Bool _bConsiderObjs );
|
2012-10-12 16:49:40 +02:00
|
|
|
static SwTwips lcl_CalcTopAndBottomMargin( const SwLayoutFrm&, const SwBorderAttrs& );
|
2004-05-03 12:47:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
|* START: local helper functions for repeated headlines
|
|
|
|
|*************************************************************************/
|
|
|
|
|
2012-10-12 16:49:40 +02:00
|
|
|
static SwTwips lcl_GetHeightOfRows( const SwFrm* pStart, long nCount )
|
2004-05-03 12:47:42 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( !nCount || !pStart)
|
2004-05-03 12:47:42 +00:00
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SwTwips nRet = 0;
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
SWRECTFN( pStart )
|
|
|
|
while ( pStart && nCount > 0 )
|
2004-05-03 12:47:42 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
nRet += (pStart->Frm().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)();
|
|
|
|
pStart = pStart->GetNext();
|
2004-05-03 12:47:42 +00:00
|
|
|
--nCount;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return nRet;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
|* END: local helper functions for repeated headlines
|
|
|
|
|*************************************************************************/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
|* START: local helper functions for splitting row frames
|
|
|
|
|*************************************************************************/
|
|
|
|
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Local helper function to insert a new follow flow line
|
|
|
|
//
|
2012-10-12 16:49:40 +02:00
|
|
|
static SwRowFrm* lcl_InsertNewFollowFlowLine( SwTabFrm& rTab, const SwFrm& rTmpRow, bool bRowSpanLine )
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2010-11-25 17:08:45 +01:00
|
|
|
OSL_ENSURE( rTmpRow.IsRowFrm(), "No row frame to copy for FollowFlowLine" );
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
const SwRowFrm& rRow = (SwRowFrm&)rTmpRow;
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
rTab.SetFollowFlowLine( sal_True );
|
2011-02-09 15:55:27 +01:00
|
|
|
SwRowFrm *pFollowFlowLine = new SwRowFrm(*rRow.GetTabLine(), &rTab, false );
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
pFollowFlowLine->SetRowSpanLine( bRowSpanLine );
|
2004-05-03 12:47:42 +00:00
|
|
|
SwFrm* pFirstRow = rTab.GetFollow()->GetFirstNonHeadlineRow();
|
|
|
|
pFollowFlowLine->InsertBefore( rTab.GetFollow(), pFirstRow );
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
return pFollowFlowLine;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i26945# - local helper function to invalidate all lower
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
// objects. By parameter <_bMoveObjsOutOfRange> it can be controlled, if
|
|
|
|
// additionally the objects are moved 'out of range'.
|
2012-10-12 16:49:40 +02:00
|
|
|
static void lcl_InvalidateLowerObjs( SwLayoutFrm& _rLayoutFrm,
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
const bool _bMoveObjsOutOfRange = false,
|
|
|
|
SwPageFrm* _pPageFrm = 0L )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// determine page frame, if needed
|
|
|
|
if ( !_pPageFrm )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
_pPageFrm = _rLayoutFrm.FindPageFrm();
|
2010-11-25 17:08:45 +01:00
|
|
|
OSL_ENSURE( _pPageFrm,
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
"<lcl_InvalidateLowerObjs(..)> - missing page frame -> no move of lower objects out of range" );
|
|
|
|
if ( !_pPageFrm )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// loop on lower frames
|
|
|
|
SwFrm* pLowerFrm = _rLayoutFrm.Lower();
|
|
|
|
while ( pLowerFrm )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( pLowerFrm->IsLayoutFrm() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
::lcl_InvalidateLowerObjs( *(static_cast<SwLayoutFrm*>(pLowerFrm)),
|
|
|
|
_bMoveObjsOutOfRange, _pPageFrm );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( pLowerFrm->GetDrawObjs() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
for ( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < pLowerFrm->GetDrawObjs()->Count(); ++i )
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SwAnchoredObject* pAnchoredObj = (*pLowerFrm->GetDrawObjs())[i];
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// invalidate position of anchored object
|
|
|
|
pAnchoredObj->SetTmpConsiderWrapInfluence( false );
|
|
|
|
pAnchoredObj->SetConsiderForTextWrap( false );
|
|
|
|
pAnchoredObj->UnlockPosition();
|
|
|
|
pAnchoredObj->InvalidateObjPos();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// move anchored object 'out of range'
|
|
|
|
if ( _bMoveObjsOutOfRange )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// indicate, that positioning is progress to avoid
|
|
|
|
// modification of the anchored object resp. its attributes
|
|
|
|
// due to the movement
|
|
|
|
SwObjPositioningInProgress aObjPosInProgress( *pAnchoredObj );
|
|
|
|
pAnchoredObj->SetObjLeft( _pPageFrm->Frm().Right() );
|
2011-04-18 12:37:38 -03:00
|
|
|
// #115759# - reset character rectangle,
|
2004-12-23 09:09:05 +00:00
|
|
|
// top of line and relative position in order to assure,
|
|
|
|
// that anchored object is correctly positioned.
|
|
|
|
pAnchoredObj->ClearCharRectAndTopOfLine();
|
|
|
|
pAnchoredObj->SetCurrRelPos( Point( 0, 0 ) );
|
|
|
|
if ( pAnchoredObj->GetFrmFmt().GetAnchor().GetAnchorId()
|
2010-01-05 16:37:41 +01:00
|
|
|
== FLY_AS_CHAR )
|
2004-12-23 09:09:05 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
pAnchoredObj->AnchorFrm()
|
|
|
|
->Prepare( PREP_FLY_ATTR_CHG,
|
|
|
|
&(pAnchoredObj->GetFrmFmt()) );
|
|
|
|
}
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( pAnchoredObj->ISA(SwFlyFrm) )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SwFlyFrm *pFly = static_cast<SwFlyFrm*>(pAnchoredObj);
|
|
|
|
pFly->GetVirtDrawObj()->SetRectsDirty();
|
|
|
|
pFly->GetVirtDrawObj()->SetChanged();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// If anchored object is a fly frame, invalidate its lower objects
|
|
|
|
if ( pAnchoredObj->ISA(SwFlyFrm) )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SwFlyFrm *pFly = static_cast<SwFlyFrm*>(pAnchoredObj);
|
|
|
|
::lcl_InvalidateLowerObjs( *pFly, _bMoveObjsOutOfRange, _pPageFrm );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pLowerFrm = pLowerFrm->GetNext();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Local helper function to shrink all lowers of rRow to 0 height
|
|
|
|
//
|
2012-10-12 16:49:40 +02:00
|
|
|
static void lcl_ShrinkCellsAndAllContent( SwRowFrm& rRow )
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
SwCellFrm* pCurrMasterCell = static_cast<SwCellFrm*>(rRow.Lower());
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
SWRECTFN( pCurrMasterCell )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while ( pCurrMasterCell )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
// NEW TABLES
|
|
|
|
SwCellFrm& rToAdjust = pCurrMasterCell->GetTabBox()->getRowSpan() < 1 ?
|
|
|
|
const_cast<SwCellFrm&>(pCurrMasterCell->FindStartEndOfRowSpanCell( true, true )) :
|
|
|
|
*pCurrMasterCell;
|
|
|
|
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i26945#
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
// all lowers should have the correct position
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
lcl_ArrangeLowers( &rToAdjust,
|
|
|
|
(rToAdjust.*fnRect->fnGetPrtTop)(),
|
2012-11-30 08:49:55 +09:00
|
|
|
false );
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
// TODO: Optimize number of frames which are set to 0 height
|
|
|
|
// we have to start with the last lower frame, otherwise
|
|
|
|
// the shrink will not shrink the current cell
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
SwFrm* pTmp = rToAdjust.GetLastLower();
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( pTmp && pTmp->IsRowFrm() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SwRowFrm* pTmpRow = (SwRowFrm*)pTmp;
|
|
|
|
lcl_ShrinkCellsAndAllContent( *pTmpRow );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// TODO: Optimize number of frames which are set to 0 height
|
|
|
|
while ( pTmp )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// the frames have to be shrunk
|
2011-06-17 22:20:49 +02:00
|
|
|
if ( pTmp->IsTabFrm() )
|
2004-06-01 06:44:20 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SwRowFrm* pTmpRow = (SwRowFrm*)((SwTabFrm*)pTmp)->Lower();
|
|
|
|
while ( pTmpRow )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
lcl_ShrinkCellsAndAllContent( *pTmpRow );
|
|
|
|
pTmpRow = (SwRowFrm*)pTmpRow->GetNext();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
pTmp->Shrink( (pTmp->Frm().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)() );
|
|
|
|
(pTmp->Prt().*fnRect->fnSetTop)( 0 );
|
|
|
|
(pTmp->Prt().*fnRect->fnSetHeight)( 0 );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
pTmp = pTmp->GetPrev();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// all lowers should have the correct position
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
lcl_ArrangeLowers( &rToAdjust,
|
|
|
|
(rToAdjust.*fnRect->fnGetPrtTop)(),
|
2012-11-30 08:49:55 +09:00
|
|
|
false );
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
pCurrMasterCell = static_cast<SwCellFrm*>(pCurrMasterCell->GetNext());
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Local helper function to move the content from rSourceLine to rDestLine
|
|
|
|
// The content is inserted behind the last content in the corresponding
|
|
|
|
// cell in rDestLine.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2012-10-12 16:49:40 +02:00
|
|
|
static void lcl_MoveRowContent( SwRowFrm& rSourceLine, SwRowFrm& rDestLine )
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SwCellFrm* pCurrDestCell = (SwCellFrm*)rDestLine.Lower();
|
|
|
|
SwCellFrm* pCurrSourceCell = (SwCellFrm*)rSourceLine.Lower();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Move content of follow cells into master cells
|
|
|
|
while ( pCurrSourceCell )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( pCurrSourceCell->Lower() && pCurrSourceCell->Lower()->IsRowFrm() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SwRowFrm* pTmpSourceRow = (SwRowFrm*)pCurrSourceCell->Lower();
|
|
|
|
while ( pTmpSourceRow )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2011-04-18 12:37:38 -03:00
|
|
|
// #125926# Achtung! It is possible,
|
2006-01-27 13:36:50 +00:00
|
|
|
// that pTmpSourceRow->IsFollowFlowRow() but pTmpDestRow
|
|
|
|
// cannot be found. In this case, we have to move the complete
|
|
|
|
// row.
|
|
|
|
SwRowFrm* pTmpDestRow = (SwRowFrm*)pCurrDestCell->Lower();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( pTmpSourceRow->IsFollowFlowRow() && pTmpDestRow )
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// move content from follow flow row to pTmpDestRow:
|
|
|
|
while ( pTmpDestRow->GetNext() )
|
|
|
|
pTmpDestRow = (SwRowFrm*)pTmpDestRow->GetNext();
|
|
|
|
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
OSL_ENSURE( pTmpDestRow->GetFollowRow() == pTmpSourceRow, "Table contains node" );
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
lcl_MoveRowContent( *pTmpSourceRow, *pTmpDestRow );
|
|
|
|
pTmpDestRow->SetFollowRow( pTmpSourceRow->GetFollowRow() );
|
|
|
|
pTmpSourceRow->Remove();
|
|
|
|
delete pTmpSourceRow;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// move complete row:
|
|
|
|
pTmpSourceRow->Remove();
|
|
|
|
pTmpSourceRow->InsertBefore( pCurrDestCell, 0 );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pTmpSourceRow = (SwRowFrm*)pCurrSourceCell->Lower();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SwFrm *pTmp = ::SaveCntnt( (SwCellFrm*)pCurrSourceCell );
|
|
|
|
if ( pTmp )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
// NEW TABLES
|
|
|
|
SwCellFrm* pDestCell = static_cast<SwCellFrm*>(pCurrDestCell);
|
|
|
|
if ( pDestCell->GetTabBox()->getRowSpan() < 1 )
|
|
|
|
pDestCell = & const_cast<SwCellFrm&>(pDestCell->FindStartEndOfRowSpanCell( true, true ));
|
|
|
|
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
// Find last content
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
SwFrm* pFrm = pDestCell->GetLastLower();
|
|
|
|
::RestoreCntnt( pTmp, pDestCell, pFrm, true );
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pCurrDestCell = (SwCellFrm*)pCurrDestCell->GetNext();
|
|
|
|
pCurrSourceCell = (SwCellFrm*)pCurrSourceCell->GetNext();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Local helper function to move all footnotes in rRowFrm from
|
2004-03-17 11:50:18 +00:00
|
|
|
// the footnote boss of rSource to the footnote boss of rDest.
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
//
|
2012-10-12 16:49:40 +02:00
|
|
|
static void lcl_MoveFootnotes( SwTabFrm& rSource, SwTabFrm& rDest, SwLayoutFrm& rRowFrm )
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2012-07-19 14:07:52 +02:00
|
|
|
if ( !rSource.GetFmt()->GetDoc()->GetFtnIdxs().empty() )
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
SwFtnBossFrm* pOldBoss = rSource.FindFtnBossFrm( sal_True );
|
|
|
|
SwFtnBossFrm* pNewBoss = rDest.FindFtnBossFrm( sal_True );
|
|
|
|
rRowFrm.MoveLowerFtns( 0, pOldBoss, pNewBoss, sal_True );
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Local helper function to handle nested table cells before the split process
|
|
|
|
//
|
2012-10-12 16:49:40 +02:00
|
|
|
static void lcl_PreprocessRowsInCells( SwTabFrm& rTab, SwRowFrm& rLastLine,
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
SwRowFrm& rFollowFlowLine, SwTwips nRemain )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SwCellFrm* pCurrLastLineCell = (SwCellFrm*)rLastLine.Lower();
|
|
|
|
SwCellFrm* pCurrFollowFlowLineCell = (SwCellFrm*)rFollowFlowLine.Lower();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SWRECTFN( pCurrLastLineCell )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Move content of follow cells into master cells
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
while ( pCurrLastLineCell )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( pCurrLastLineCell->Lower() && pCurrLastLineCell->Lower()->IsRowFrm() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SwTwips nTmpCut = nRemain;
|
|
|
|
SwRowFrm* pTmpLastLineRow = (SwRowFrm*)pCurrLastLineCell->Lower();
|
|
|
|
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i26945#
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
SwTwips nCurrentHeight =
|
|
|
|
lcl_CalcMinRowHeight( pTmpLastLineRow,
|
|
|
|
rTab.IsConsiderObjsForMinCellHeight() );
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
while ( pTmpLastLineRow && pTmpLastLineRow->GetNext() && nTmpCut > nCurrentHeight )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nTmpCut -= nCurrentHeight;
|
|
|
|
pTmpLastLineRow = (SwRowFrm*)pTmpLastLineRow->GetNext();
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i26945#
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
nCurrentHeight =
|
|
|
|
lcl_CalcMinRowHeight( pTmpLastLineRow,
|
|
|
|
rTab.IsConsiderObjsForMinCellHeight() );
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// pTmpLastLineRow does not fit to the line or it is the last line
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
if ( pTmpLastLineRow )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Check if we can move pTmpLastLineRow to the follow table,
|
|
|
|
// or if we have to split the line:
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
SwFrm* pCell = pTmpLastLineRow->Lower();
|
|
|
|
bool bTableLayoutToComplex = false;
|
|
|
|
long nMinHeight = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// We have to take into account:
|
|
|
|
// 1. The fixed height of the row
|
|
|
|
// 2. The borders of the cells inside the row
|
|
|
|
// 3. The minimum height of the row
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
if ( pTmpLastLineRow->HasFixSize() )
|
|
|
|
nMinHeight = (pTmpLastLineRow->Frm().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)();
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
while ( pCell )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( ((SwCellFrm*)pCell)->Lower() &&
|
|
|
|
((SwCellFrm*)pCell)->Lower()->IsRowFrm() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
bTableLayoutToComplex = true;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SwBorderAttrAccess aAccess( SwFrm::GetCache(), pCell );
|
|
|
|
const SwBorderAttrs &rAttrs = *aAccess.Get();
|
2004-07-12 12:33:59 +00:00
|
|
|
nMinHeight = Max( nMinHeight, lcl_CalcTopAndBottomMargin( *(SwLayoutFrm*)pCell, rAttrs ) );
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
pCell = pCell->GetNext();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const SwFmtFrmSize &rSz = pTmpLastLineRow->GetFmt()->GetFrmSize();
|
2004-05-18 14:52:05 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( rSz.GetHeightSizeType() == ATT_MIN_SIZE )
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
nMinHeight = Max( nMinHeight, rSz.GetHeight() );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// 1. Case:
|
|
|
|
// The line completely fits into the master table.
|
|
|
|
// Nevertheless, we build a follow (otherwise painting problems
|
|
|
|
// with empty cell).
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// 2. Case:
|
|
|
|
// The line has to be split, the minimum height still fits into
|
|
|
|
// the master table, and the table structure is not to complex.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
if ( nTmpCut > nCurrentHeight ||
|
|
|
|
( pTmpLastLineRow->IsRowSplitAllowed() &&
|
|
|
|
!bTableLayoutToComplex && nMinHeight < nTmpCut ) )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// The line has to be split:
|
2010-06-13 15:22:56 +02:00
|
|
|
SwRowFrm* pNewRow = new SwRowFrm( *pTmpLastLineRow->GetTabLine(), &rTab, false );
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
pNewRow->SetFollowFlowRow( true );
|
|
|
|
pNewRow->SetFollowRow( pTmpLastLineRow->GetFollowRow() );
|
|
|
|
pTmpLastLineRow->SetFollowRow( pNewRow );
|
|
|
|
pNewRow->InsertBehind( pCurrFollowFlowLineCell, 0 );
|
|
|
|
pTmpLastLineRow = (SwRowFrm*)pTmpLastLineRow->GetNext();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// The following lines have to be moved:
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
while ( pTmpLastLineRow )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SwRowFrm* pTmp = (SwRowFrm*)pTmpLastLineRow->GetNext();
|
2004-03-17 11:50:18 +00:00
|
|
|
lcl_MoveFootnotes( rTab, *rTab.GetFollow(), *pTmpLastLineRow );
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
pTmpLastLineRow->Remove();
|
|
|
|
pTmpLastLineRow->InsertBefore( pCurrFollowFlowLineCell, 0 );
|
|
|
|
pTmpLastLineRow->Shrink( ( pTmpLastLineRow->Frm().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)() );
|
|
|
|
pCurrFollowFlowLineCell->Grow( ( pTmpLastLineRow->Frm().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)() );
|
|
|
|
pTmpLastLineRow = pTmp;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pCurrLastLineCell = (SwCellFrm*)pCurrLastLineCell->GetNext();
|
|
|
|
pCurrFollowFlowLineCell = (SwCellFrm*)pCurrFollowFlowLineCell->GetNext();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Local helper function to handle nested table cells after the split process
|
|
|
|
//
|
2012-10-12 16:49:40 +02:00
|
|
|
static void lcl_PostprocessRowsInCells( SwTabFrm& rTab, SwRowFrm& rLastLine )
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SwCellFrm* pCurrMasterCell = (SwCellFrm*)rLastLine.Lower();
|
|
|
|
while ( pCurrMasterCell )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( pCurrMasterCell->Lower() &&
|
|
|
|
pCurrMasterCell->Lower()->IsRowFrm() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2006-03-09 13:09:00 +00:00
|
|
|
SwRowFrm* pRowFrm = static_cast<SwRowFrm*>(pCurrMasterCell->GetLastLower());
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( NULL != pRowFrm->GetPrev() && !pRowFrm->ContainsCntnt() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2010-11-25 17:08:45 +01:00
|
|
|
OSL_ENSURE( pRowFrm->GetFollowRow(), "Deleting row frame without follow" );
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The footnotes have to be moved:
|
2004-03-17 11:50:18 +00:00
|
|
|
lcl_MoveFootnotes( rTab, *rTab.GetFollow(), *pRowFrm );
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
pRowFrm->Cut();
|
|
|
|
SwRowFrm* pFollowRow = pRowFrm->GetFollowRow();
|
|
|
|
pRowFrm->Paste( pFollowRow->GetUpper(), pFollowRow );
|
|
|
|
pRowFrm->SetFollowRow( pFollowRow->GetFollowRow() );
|
|
|
|
lcl_MoveRowContent( *pFollowRow, *pRowFrm );
|
|
|
|
pFollowRow->Cut();
|
|
|
|
delete pFollowRow;
|
|
|
|
::SwInvalidateAll( pCurrMasterCell, LONG_MAX );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pCurrMasterCell = (SwCellFrm*)pCurrMasterCell->GetNext();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Local helper function to re-calculate the split line.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
inline void TableSplitRecalcLock( SwFlowFrm *pTab ) { pTab->LockJoin(); }
|
|
|
|
inline void TableSplitRecalcUnlock( SwFlowFrm *pTab ) { pTab->UnlockJoin(); }
|
|
|
|
|
2012-10-12 16:49:40 +02:00
|
|
|
static bool lcl_RecalcSplitLine( SwRowFrm& rLastLine, SwRowFrm& rFollowLine,
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
SwTwips nRemainingSpaceForLastRow )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2004-03-17 11:50:18 +00:00
|
|
|
bool bRet = true;
|
|
|
|
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
SwTabFrm& rTab = (SwTabFrm&)*rLastLine.GetUpper();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// If there are nested cells in rLastLine, the recalculation of the last
|
|
|
|
// line needs some preprocessing.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
lcl_PreprocessRowsInCells( rTab, rLastLine, rFollowLine, nRemainingSpaceForLastRow );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Here the recalculation process starts:
|
|
|
|
//
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
rTab.SetRebuildLastLine( sal_True );
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i26945#
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
rTab.SetDoesObjsFit( sal_True );
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
SWRECTFN( rTab.GetUpper() )
|
|
|
|
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i26945# - invalidate and move floating screen
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
// objects 'out of range'
|
|
|
|
::lcl_InvalidateLowerObjs( rLastLine, true );
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// manipulate row and cell sizes
|
|
|
|
//
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i26945# - Do *not* consider floating screen objects
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
// for the minimal cell height.
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
rTab.SetConsiderObjsForMinCellHeight( sal_False );
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
::lcl_ShrinkCellsAndAllContent( rLastLine );
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
rTab.SetConsiderObjsForMinCellHeight( sal_True );
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// invalidate last line
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
::SwInvalidateAll( &rLastLine, LONG_MAX );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Lock this tab frame and its follow
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
bool bUnlockMaster = false;
|
|
|
|
bool bUnlockFollow = false;
|
|
|
|
SwTabFrm* pMaster = rTab.IsFollow() ? (SwTabFrm*)rTab.FindMaster() : 0;
|
|
|
|
if ( pMaster && !pMaster->IsJoinLocked() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
bUnlockMaster = true;
|
|
|
|
::TableSplitRecalcLock( pMaster );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !rTab.GetFollow()->IsJoinLocked() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
bUnlockFollow = true;
|
|
|
|
::TableSplitRecalcLock( rTab.GetFollow() );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Do the recalculation
|
|
|
|
//
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
lcl_RecalcRow( rLastLine, LONG_MAX );
|
2011-04-18 12:37:38 -03:00
|
|
|
// #115759# - force a format of the last line in order to
|
2004-12-23 09:09:05 +00:00
|
|
|
// get the correct height.
|
|
|
|
rLastLine.InvalidateSize();
|
|
|
|
rLastLine.Calc();
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Unlock this tab frame and its follow
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
if ( bUnlockFollow )
|
|
|
|
::TableSplitRecalcUnlock( rTab.GetFollow() );
|
|
|
|
if ( bUnlockMaster )
|
|
|
|
::TableSplitRecalcUnlock( pMaster );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// If there are nested cells in rLastLine, the recalculation of the last
|
|
|
|
// line needs some postprocessing.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
lcl_PostprocessRowsInCells( rTab, rLastLine );
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
2004-06-29 07:30:04 +00:00
|
|
|
// Do a couple of checks on the current situation.
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
//
|
2004-06-29 07:30:04 +00:00
|
|
|
// If we are not happy with the current situation we return false.
|
|
|
|
// This will start a new try to split the table, this time we do not
|
|
|
|
// try to split the table rows.
|
2004-03-17 11:50:18 +00:00
|
|
|
//
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2004-03-17 11:50:18 +00:00
|
|
|
//
|
2004-06-29 07:30:04 +00:00
|
|
|
// 1. Check if table fits to its upper.
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i26945# - include check, if objects fit
|
2004-03-17 11:50:18 +00:00
|
|
|
//
|
2004-06-29 07:30:04 +00:00
|
|
|
const SwTwips nDistanceToUpperPrtBottom =
|
|
|
|
(rTab.Frm().*fnRect->fnBottomDist)( (rTab.GetUpper()->*fnRect->fnGetPrtBottom)());
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( nDistanceToUpperPrtBottom < 0 || !rTab.DoesObjsFit() )
|
2004-06-29 07:30:04 +00:00
|
|
|
bRet = false;
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2004-03-17 11:50:18 +00:00
|
|
|
//
|
2004-06-29 07:30:04 +00:00
|
|
|
// 2. Check if each cell in the last line has at least one content frame.
|
2004-03-17 11:50:18 +00:00
|
|
|
//
|
2004-06-29 07:30:04 +00:00
|
|
|
// Note: a FollowFlowRow may contains empty cells!
|
2004-03-17 11:50:18 +00:00
|
|
|
//
|
2004-06-29 07:30:04 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( bRet )
|
2004-03-17 11:50:18 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2004-06-29 07:30:04 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( !rLastLine.IsInFollowFlowRow() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SwCellFrm* pCurrMasterCell = (SwCellFrm*)rLastLine.Lower();
|
|
|
|
while ( pCurrMasterCell )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( !pCurrMasterCell->ContainsCntnt() && pCurrMasterCell->GetTabBox()->getRowSpan() >= 1 )
|
2004-06-29 07:30:04 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
bRet = false;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pCurrMasterCell = (SwCellFrm*)pCurrMasterCell->GetNext();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2004-03-17 11:50:18 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2004-03-17 11:50:18 +00:00
|
|
|
//
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
// 3. Check if last line does not contain any content:
|
2004-03-17 11:50:18 +00:00
|
|
|
//
|
2004-06-29 07:30:04 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( bRet )
|
2004-03-17 11:50:18 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( !rLastLine.ContainsCntnt() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
bRet = false;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// 4. Check if follow flow line does not contain content:
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
if ( bRet )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( !rFollowLine.IsRowSpanLine() && !rFollowLine.ContainsCntnt() )
|
2004-03-17 11:50:18 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
bRet = false;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2004-06-29 07:30:04 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( bRet )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Everything looks fine. Splitting seems to be successful. We invalidate
|
|
|
|
// rFollowLine to force a new formatting.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
::SwInvalidateAll( &rFollowLine, LONG_MAX );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Splitting the table row gave us an unexpected result.
|
|
|
|
// Everything has to be prepared for a second try to split
|
|
|
|
// the table, this time without splitting the row.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
::SwInvalidateAll( &rLastLine, LONG_MAX );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
rTab.SetRebuildLastLine( sal_False );
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i26945#
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
rTab.SetDoesObjsFit( sal_True );
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2004-03-17 11:50:18 +00:00
|
|
|
return bRet;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Sets the correct height for all spanned cells
|
|
|
|
//
|
2012-10-12 16:49:40 +02:00
|
|
|
static void lcl_AdjustRowSpanCells( SwRowFrm* pRow )
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SWRECTFN( pRow )
|
|
|
|
SwCellFrm* pCellFrm = static_cast<SwCellFrm*>(pRow->GetLower());
|
|
|
|
while ( pCellFrm )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
const long nLayoutRowSpan = pCellFrm->GetLayoutRowSpan();
|
|
|
|
if ( nLayoutRowSpan > 1 )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// calculate height of cell:
|
|
|
|
const long nNewCellHeight = lcl_GetHeightOfRows( pRow, nLayoutRowSpan );
|
|
|
|
const long nDiff = nNewCellHeight - (pCellFrm->Frm().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)();
|
|
|
|
if ( nDiff )
|
|
|
|
(pCellFrm->Frm().*fnRect->fnAddBottom)( nDiff );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pCellFrm = static_cast<SwCellFrm*>(pCellFrm->GetNext());
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Returns the maximum layout row span of the row
|
|
|
|
// Looking for the next row that contains no covered cells:
|
2012-10-12 16:49:40 +02:00
|
|
|
static long lcl_GetMaximumLayoutRowSpan( const SwRowFrm& rRow )
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
long nRet = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const SwRowFrm* pCurrentRowFrm = static_cast<const SwRowFrm*>(rRow.GetNext());
|
|
|
|
bool bNextRow = false;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while ( pCurrentRowFrm )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// if there is any covered cell, we proceed to the next row frame
|
|
|
|
const SwCellFrm* pLower = static_cast<const SwCellFrm*>( pCurrentRowFrm->Lower());
|
|
|
|
while ( pLower )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( pLower->GetTabBox()->getRowSpan() < 0 )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
++nRet;
|
|
|
|
bNextRow = true;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pLower = static_cast<const SwCellFrm*>(pLower->GetNext());
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pCurrentRowFrm = bNextRow ?
|
|
|
|
static_cast<const SwRowFrm*>(pCurrentRowFrm->GetNext() ) :
|
|
|
|
0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return nRet;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2004-05-03 12:47:42 +00:00
|
|
|
/*************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
|* END: local helper functions for splitting row frames
|
|
|
|
|*************************************************************************/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Function to remove the FollowFlowLine of rTab.
|
|
|
|
// The content of the FollowFlowLine is moved to the associated line in the
|
|
|
|
// master table.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
bool SwTabFrm::RemoveFollowFlowLine()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// find FollowFlowLine
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
SwRowFrm* pFollowFlowLine = static_cast<SwRowFrm*>(GetFollow()->GetFirstNonHeadlineRow());
|
2004-05-03 12:47:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// find last row in master
|
2006-03-09 13:09:00 +00:00
|
|
|
SwFrm* pLastLine = GetLastLower();
|
2004-05-03 12:47:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-11-25 17:08:45 +01:00
|
|
|
OSL_ENSURE( HasFollowFlowLine() &&
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
pFollowFlowLine &&
|
2010-11-25 17:08:45 +01:00
|
|
|
pLastLine, "There should be a flowline in the follow" );
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2004-05-03 12:47:42 +00:00
|
|
|
// We have to reset the flag here, because lcl_MoveRowContent
|
|
|
|
// calls a GrowFrm(), which has a different bahavior if
|
|
|
|
// this flag is set.
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
SetFollowFlowLine( sal_False );
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2011-04-18 12:37:38 -03:00
|
|
|
// #140081# Make code robust.
|
2007-07-31 16:42:21 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( !pFollowFlowLine || !pLastLine )
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
// Move content
|
|
|
|
lcl_MoveRowContent( *pFollowFlowLine, *(SwRowFrm*)pLastLine );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// NEW TABLES
|
|
|
|
// If a row span follow flow line is removed, we want to move the whole span
|
|
|
|
// to the master:
|
|
|
|
long nRowsToMove = lcl_GetMaximumLayoutRowSpan( *pFollowFlowLine );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( nRowsToMove > 1 )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SWRECTFN( this )
|
|
|
|
SwFrm* pRow = pFollowFlowLine->GetNext();
|
|
|
|
SwFrm* pInsertBehind = GetLastLower();
|
2011-01-09 21:44:27 +00:00
|
|
|
SwTwips nGrow = 0;
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while ( pRow && nRowsToMove-- > 1 )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SwFrm* pNxt = pRow->GetNext();
|
|
|
|
nGrow += (pRow->Frm().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The footnotes have to be moved:
|
|
|
|
lcl_MoveFootnotes( *GetFollow(), *this, (SwRowFrm&)*pRow );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pRow->Remove();
|
|
|
|
pRow->InsertBehind( this, pInsertBehind );
|
|
|
|
pRow->_InvalidateAll();
|
|
|
|
pRow->CheckDirChange();
|
|
|
|
pInsertBehind = pRow;
|
|
|
|
pRow = pNxt;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SwFrm* pFirstRow = Lower();
|
|
|
|
while ( pFirstRow )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
lcl_AdjustRowSpanCells( static_cast<SwRowFrm*>(pFirstRow) );
|
|
|
|
pFirstRow = pFirstRow->GetNext();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grow( nGrow );
|
|
|
|
GetFollow()->Shrink( nGrow );
|
|
|
|
}
|
2004-05-03 12:47:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool bJoin = !pFollowFlowLine->GetNext();
|
|
|
|
pFollowFlowLine->Cut();
|
|
|
|
delete pFollowFlowLine;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return bJoin;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i26945# - Floating screen objects are no longer searched.
|
2012-10-12 16:49:40 +02:00
|
|
|
static bool lcl_FindSectionsInRow( const SwRowFrm& rRow )
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
bool bRet = false;
|
|
|
|
SwCellFrm* pLower = (SwCellFrm*)rRow.Lower();
|
|
|
|
while ( pLower )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2004-04-21 10:40:02 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( pLower->IsVertical() != rRow.IsVertical() )
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
SwFrm* pTmpFrm = pLower->Lower();
|
|
|
|
while ( pTmpFrm )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( pTmpFrm->IsRowFrm() )
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
bRet = lcl_FindSectionsInRow( *(SwRowFrm*)pTmpFrm );
|
|
|
|
}
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
else
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i26945# - search only for sections
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
bRet = pTmpFrm->IsSctFrm();
|
|
|
|
}
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( bRet )
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
pTmpFrm = pTmpFrm->GetNext();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pLower = (SwCellFrm*)pLower->GetNext();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return bRet;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
/*************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|* SwTabFrm::Split(), Join()
|
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|*************************************************************************/
|
2006-03-09 13:09:00 +00:00
|
|
|
bool SwTabFrm::Split( const SwTwips nCutPos, bool bTryToSplit, bool bTableRowKeep )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2004-03-17 11:50:18 +00:00
|
|
|
bool bRet = true;
|
|
|
|
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
SWRECTFN( this )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i26745# - format row and cell frames of table
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
this->Lower()->_InvalidatePos();
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i43913# - correction
|
2005-04-01 15:36:25 +00:00
|
|
|
// call method <lcl_InnerCalcLayout> with first lower.
|
|
|
|
lcl_InnerCalcLayout( this->Lower(), LONG_MAX, true );
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
//In order to be able to compare the positions of the cells whit CutPos,
|
|
|
|
//they have to be calculated consecutively starting from the table.
|
|
|
|
//They can definitely be invalid because of position changes of the table.
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
SwRowFrm *pRow = static_cast<SwRowFrm*>(Lower());
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if( !pRow )
|
2004-03-17 11:50:18 +00:00
|
|
|
return bRet;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
const sal_uInt16 nRepeat = GetTable()->GetRowsToRepeat();
|
|
|
|
sal_uInt16 nRowCount = 0; // pRow currently points to the first row
|
2004-05-03 12:47:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
SwTwips nRemainingSpaceForLastRow =
|
|
|
|
(*fnRect->fnYDiff)( nCutPos, (Frm().*fnRect->fnGetTop)() );
|
|
|
|
nRemainingSpaceForLastRow -= (this->*fnRect->fnGetTopMargin)();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Make pRow point to the line that does not fit anymore:
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
while( pRow->GetNext() &&
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
nRemainingSpaceForLastRow >= ( (pRow->Frm().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)() +
|
|
|
|
(IsCollapsingBorders() ?
|
|
|
|
pRow->GetBottomLineSize() :
|
|
|
|
0 ) ) )
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2007-07-31 16:42:21 +00:00
|
|
|
if( bTryToSplit || !pRow->IsRowSpanLine() ||
|
|
|
|
0 != (pRow->Frm().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)() )
|
|
|
|
++nRowCount;
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
nRemainingSpaceForLastRow -= (pRow->Frm().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)();
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
pRow = static_cast<SwRowFrm*>(pRow->GetNext());
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
//
|
2004-06-29 07:30:04 +00:00
|
|
|
// bSplitRowAllowed: Row may be split according to its attributes.
|
|
|
|
// bTryToSplit: Row will never be split if bTryToSplit = false.
|
|
|
|
// This can either be passed as a parameter, indicating
|
|
|
|
// that we are currently doing the second try to split the
|
|
|
|
// table, or it will be set to falseunder certain
|
|
|
|
// conditions that are not suitable for splitting
|
|
|
|
// the row.
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
//
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
bool bSplitRowAllowed = pRow->IsRowSplitAllowed();
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i29438#
|
|
|
|
// #i26945# - Floating screen objects no longer forbid
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
// a splitting of the table row.
|
2004-06-29 07:30:04 +00:00
|
|
|
// Special DoNotSplit case 1:
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
// Search for sections inside pRow:
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
//
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( lcl_FindSectionsInRow( *pRow ) )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2004-06-29 07:30:04 +00:00
|
|
|
bTryToSplit = false;
|
2004-06-28 12:00:20 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i29771#
|
2004-06-29 07:30:04 +00:00
|
|
|
// To avoid loops, we do some checks before actually trying to split
|
|
|
|
// the row. Maybe we should keep the next row in this table.
|
|
|
|
// Note: This is only done if we are at the beginning of our upper
|
|
|
|
bool bKeepNextRow = false;
|
2004-05-03 12:47:42 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( nRowCount < nRepeat )
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
//
|
2004-05-03 12:47:42 +00:00
|
|
|
// First case: One of the repeated headline does not fit to the page anymore.
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
// At least one more non-heading row has to stay in this table in
|
|
|
|
// order to avoid loops:
|
|
|
|
//
|
2010-11-25 17:08:45 +01:00
|
|
|
OSL_ENSURE( !GetIndPrev(), "Table is supposed to be at beginning" );
|
2004-06-29 07:30:04 +00:00
|
|
|
bKeepNextRow = true;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2004-05-03 12:47:42 +00:00
|
|
|
else if ( !GetIndPrev() && nRepeat == nRowCount )
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Second case: The first non-headline row does not fit to the page.
|
|
|
|
// If it is not allowed to be split, or it contains a sub-row that
|
2004-06-29 07:30:04 +00:00
|
|
|
// is not allowed to be split, we keep the row in this table:
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
//
|
2004-06-29 07:30:04 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( bTryToSplit && bSplitRowAllowed )
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2004-06-29 07:30:04 +00:00
|
|
|
// Check if there are (first) rows inside this row,
|
|
|
|
// which are not allowed to be split.
|
2007-09-27 08:06:51 +00:00
|
|
|
SwCellFrm* pLowerCell = pRow ? (SwCellFrm*)pRow->Lower() : 0;
|
|
|
|
while ( pLowerCell )
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2007-09-27 08:06:51 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( pLowerCell->Lower() && pLowerCell->Lower()->IsRowFrm() )
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2007-09-27 08:06:51 +00:00
|
|
|
const SwRowFrm* pLowerRow = (SwRowFrm*)pLowerCell->Lower();
|
2004-06-29 07:30:04 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( !pLowerRow->IsRowSplitAllowed() &&
|
|
|
|
(pLowerRow->Frm().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)() >
|
|
|
|
nRemainingSpaceForLastRow )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
bKeepNextRow = true;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2007-09-27 08:06:51 +00:00
|
|
|
pLowerCell = (SwCellFrm*)pLowerCell->GetNext();
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2004-06-29 07:30:04 +00:00
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
bKeepNextRow = true;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Better keep the next row in this table:
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
if ( bKeepNextRow )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
pRow = GetFirstNonHeadlineRow();
|
2007-07-31 16:42:21 +00:00
|
|
|
if( pRow && pRow->IsRowSpanLine() && 0 == (pRow->Frm().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)() )
|
|
|
|
pRow = static_cast<SwRowFrm*>(pRow->GetNext());
|
2004-06-29 07:30:04 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( pRow )
|
2006-03-09 13:09:00 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
pRow = static_cast<SwRowFrm*>(pRow->GetNext());
|
2006-03-09 13:09:00 +00:00
|
|
|
++nRowCount;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// No more row to split or to move to follow table:
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
if ( !pRow )
|
2004-03-17 11:50:18 +00:00
|
|
|
return bRet;
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2004-06-29 07:30:04 +00:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// We try to split the row if
|
|
|
|
// - the attributes of the row are set accordingly and
|
|
|
|
// - we are allowed to do so
|
2006-03-09 13:09:00 +00:00
|
|
|
// - the it should not keep with the next row
|
2004-06-29 07:30:04 +00:00
|
|
|
//
|
2006-03-09 13:09:00 +00:00
|
|
|
bSplitRowAllowed = bSplitRowAllowed && bTryToSplit &&
|
|
|
|
( !bTableRowKeep ||
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
!pRow->ShouldRowKeepWithNext() );
|
2006-03-09 13:09:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Adjust pRow according to the keep-with-next attribute:
|
|
|
|
if ( !bSplitRowAllowed && bTableRowKeep )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
SwRowFrm* pTmpRow = static_cast<SwRowFrm*>(pRow->GetPrev());
|
|
|
|
SwRowFrm* pOldRow = pRow;
|
|
|
|
while ( pTmpRow && pTmpRow->ShouldRowKeepWithNext() &&
|
2006-03-09 13:09:00 +00:00
|
|
|
nRowCount > nRepeat )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
pRow = pTmpRow;
|
|
|
|
--nRowCount;
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
pTmpRow = static_cast<SwRowFrm*>(pTmpRow->GetPrev());
|
2006-03-09 13:09:00 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// loop prevention
|
|
|
|
if ( nRowCount == nRepeat && !GetIndPrev())
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
pRow = pOldRow;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2004-06-29 07:30:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// If we do not indent to split pRow, we check if we are
|
|
|
|
// allowed to move pRow to a follow. Otherwise we return
|
|
|
|
// false, indicating an error
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
if ( !bSplitRowAllowed )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2008-11-19 16:29:07 +00:00
|
|
|
SwRowFrm* pFirstNonHeadlineRow = GetFirstNonHeadlineRow();
|
|
|
|
if ( pRow == pFirstNonHeadlineRow )
|
2004-06-29 07:30:04 +00:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
2008-11-19 16:29:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i91764#
|
2008-11-19 16:29:07 +00:00
|
|
|
// Ignore row span lines
|
|
|
|
SwRowFrm* pTmpRow = pFirstNonHeadlineRow;
|
|
|
|
while ( pTmpRow && pTmpRow->IsRowSpanLine() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
pTmpRow = static_cast<SwRowFrm*>(pTmpRow->GetNext());
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !pTmpRow || pRow == pTmpRow )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2004-06-29 07:30:04 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Build follow table if not already done:
|
|
|
|
//
|
2012-11-30 08:49:55 +09:00
|
|
|
bool bNewFollow;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
SwTabFrm *pFoll;
|
|
|
|
if ( GetFollow() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
pFoll = GetFollow();
|
2012-11-30 08:49:55 +09:00
|
|
|
bNewFollow = false;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
2012-11-30 08:49:55 +09:00
|
|
|
bNewFollow = true;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
pFoll = new SwTabFrm( *this );
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2004-05-03 12:47:42 +00:00
|
|
|
//
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
// We give the follow table an initial width.
|
2004-05-03 12:47:42 +00:00
|
|
|
//
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
(pFoll->Frm().*fnRect->fnAddWidth)( (Frm().*fnRect->fnGetWidth)() );
|
|
|
|
(pFoll->Prt().*fnRect->fnAddWidth)( (Prt().*fnRect->fnGetWidth)() );
|
2006-02-03 16:18:25 +00:00
|
|
|
(pFoll->Frm().*fnRect->fnSetLeft)( (Frm().*fnRect->fnGetLeft)() );
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2004-05-03 12:47:42 +00:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Insert the new follow table
|
|
|
|
//
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
pFoll->InsertBehind( GetUpper(), this );
|
|
|
|
|
2004-05-03 12:47:42 +00:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Repeat the headlines.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
for ( nRowCount = 0; nRowCount < nRepeat; ++nRowCount )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// Insert new headlines:
|
2012-11-26 18:52:32 +09:00
|
|
|
bDontCreateObjects = true; //frmtool
|
2004-05-03 12:47:42 +00:00
|
|
|
SwRowFrm* pHeadline = new SwRowFrm(
|
2010-06-13 15:22:56 +02:00
|
|
|
*GetTable()->GetTabLines()[ nRowCount ], this );
|
2004-05-03 12:47:42 +00:00
|
|
|
pHeadline->SetRepeatedHeadline( true );
|
2012-11-26 18:52:32 +09:00
|
|
|
bDontCreateObjects = false;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
pHeadline->InsertBefore( pFoll, 0 );
|
2001-04-18 08:26:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SwPageFrm *pPage = pHeadline->FindPageFrm();
|
2012-06-20 16:36:51 +02:00
|
|
|
const SwFrmFmts *pTbl = GetFmt()->GetDoc()->GetSpzFrmFmts();
|
|
|
|
if( !pTbl->empty() )
|
2001-04-18 08:26:23 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
sal_uLong nIndex;
|
2001-04-18 08:26:23 +00:00
|
|
|
SwCntntFrm* pFrm = pHeadline->ContainsCntnt();
|
|
|
|
while( pFrm )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nIndex = pFrm->GetNode()->GetIndex();
|
|
|
|
AppendObjs( pTbl, nIndex, pFrm, pPage );
|
|
|
|
pFrm = pFrm->GetNextCntntFrm();
|
|
|
|
if( !pHeadline->IsAnLower( pFrm ) )
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
SwRowFrm* pLastRow = 0; // will point to the last remaining line in master
|
|
|
|
SwRowFrm* pFollowRow = 0; // points to either the follow flow line of the
|
|
|
|
// first regular line in the follow
|
|
|
|
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( bSplitRowAllowed )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
// If the row that does not fit anymore is allowed
|
|
|
|
// to be split, the next row has to be moved to the follow table.
|
|
|
|
pLastRow = pRow;
|
|
|
|
pRow = static_cast<SwRowFrm*>(pRow->GetNext());
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// new follow flow line for last row of master table
|
|
|
|
pFollowRow = lcl_InsertNewFollowFlowLine( *this, *pLastRow, false );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
pFollowRow = pRow;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// NEW TABLES
|
|
|
|
// check if we will break a row span by moving pFollowRow to the follow:
|
|
|
|
// In this case we want to reformat the last line.
|
|
|
|
const SwCellFrm* pCellFrm = static_cast<const SwCellFrm*>(pFollowRow->GetLower());
|
|
|
|
while ( pCellFrm )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( pCellFrm->GetTabBox()->getRowSpan() < 1 )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
pLastRow = static_cast<SwRowFrm*>(pRow->GetPrev());
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pCellFrm = static_cast<const SwCellFrm*>(pCellFrm->GetNext());
|
|
|
|
}
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// new follow flow line for last row of master table
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( pLastRow )
|
|
|
|
pFollowRow = lcl_InsertNewFollowFlowLine( *this, *pLastRow, true );
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
SwTwips nRet = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
//Optimization: There is no paste needed for the new Follow and the
|
|
|
|
//optimized insert can be used (big amounts of rows luckily only occurs in
|
|
|
|
//such situations).
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( bNewFollow )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
SwFrm* pNxt = 0;
|
|
|
|
SwFrm* pInsertBehind = pFoll->GetLastLower();
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
while ( pRow )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
pNxt = pRow->GetNext();
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
nRet += (pRow->Frm().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)();
|
2004-03-17 11:50:18 +00:00
|
|
|
// The footnotes do not have to be moved, this is done in the
|
|
|
|
// MoveFwd of the follow table!!!
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
pRow->Remove();
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
pRow->InsertBehind( pFoll, pInsertBehind );
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
pRow->_InvalidateAll();
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
pInsertBehind = pRow;
|
|
|
|
pRow = static_cast<SwRowFrm*>(pNxt);
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
SwFrm* pNxt = 0;
|
|
|
|
SwFrm* pPasteBefore = HasFollowFlowLine() ?
|
|
|
|
pFollowRow->GetNext() :
|
|
|
|
pFoll->GetFirstNonHeadlineRow();
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
while ( pRow )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
pNxt = pRow->GetNext();
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
nRet += (pRow->Frm().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)();
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The footnotes have to be moved:
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
lcl_MoveFootnotes( *this, *GetFollow(), *pRow );
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
pRow->Remove();
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
pRow->Paste( pFoll, pPasteBefore );
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
pRow->CheckDirChange();
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
pRow = static_cast<SwRowFrm*>(pNxt);
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
Shrink( nRet );
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
// we rebuild the last line to assure that it will be fully formatted
|
|
|
|
if ( pLastRow )
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// recalculate the split line
|
2004-03-17 11:50:18 +00:00
|
|
|
bRet = lcl_RecalcSplitLine( *pLastRow, *pFollowRow, nRemainingSpaceForLastRow );
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// NEW TABLES
|
|
|
|
// check if each cell in the row span line has a good height
|
|
|
|
if ( bRet && pFollowRow->IsRowSpanLine() )
|
|
|
|
lcl_AdjustRowSpanCells( pFollowRow );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// We The RowSplitLine stuff did not work. In this case we conceal the split error:
|
|
|
|
if ( !bRet && !bSplitRowAllowed )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
bRet = true;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2004-03-17 11:50:18 +00:00
|
|
|
return bRet;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
bool SwTabFrm::Join()
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2010-11-25 17:08:45 +01:00
|
|
|
OSL_ENSURE( !HasFollowFlowLine(), "Joining follow flow line" );
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
SwTabFrm *pFoll = GetFollow();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !pFoll->IsJoinLocked() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
SWRECTFN( this )
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
pFoll->Cut(); //Cut out first to avoid unnecessary notifications.
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2004-05-03 12:47:42 +00:00
|
|
|
SwFrm *pRow = pFoll->GetFirstNonHeadlineRow(),
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
*pNxt;
|
|
|
|
|
2006-03-09 13:09:00 +00:00
|
|
|
SwFrm* pPrv = GetLastLower();
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
SwTwips nHeight = 0; //Total height of the inserted rows as return value.
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
while ( pRow )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
pNxt = pRow->GetNext();
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
nHeight += (pRow->Frm().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)();
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
pRow->Remove();
|
|
|
|
pRow->_InvalidateAll();
|
|
|
|
pRow->InsertBehind( this, pPrv );
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
pRow->CheckDirChange();
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
pPrv = pRow;
|
|
|
|
pRow = pNxt;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
SetFollow( pFoll->GetFollow() );
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
SetFollowFlowLine( pFoll->HasFollowFlowLine() );
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
delete pFoll;
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
Grow( nHeight );
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|* SwTabFrm::MakeAll()
|
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|*************************************************************************/
|
2012-06-01 14:25:22 +03:00
|
|
|
void SwInvalidatePositions( SwFrm *pFrm, long nBottom )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2003-03-27 14:45:43 +00:00
|
|
|
// LONG_MAX == nBottom means we have to calculate all
|
2012-11-30 08:49:55 +09:00
|
|
|
bool bAll = LONG_MAX == nBottom;
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
SWRECTFN( pFrm )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
do
|
|
|
|
{ pFrm->_InvalidatePos();
|
|
|
|
pFrm->_InvalidateSize();
|
|
|
|
if( pFrm->IsLayoutFrm() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( ((SwLayoutFrm*)pFrm)->Lower() )
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
::SwInvalidatePositions( ((SwLayoutFrm*)pFrm)->Lower(), nBottom);
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i26945#
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
::lcl_InvalidateLowerObjs( *(static_cast<SwLayoutFrm*>(pFrm)) );
|
|
|
|
}
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
pFrm->Prepare( PREP_ADJUST_FRM );
|
|
|
|
pFrm = pFrm->GetNext();
|
2003-03-27 14:45:43 +00:00
|
|
|
} while ( pFrm &&
|
|
|
|
( bAll ||
|
|
|
|
(*fnRect->fnYDiff)( (pFrm->Frm().*fnRect->fnGetTop)(), nBottom ) < 0 ) );
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2012-06-01 14:25:22 +03:00
|
|
|
void SwInvalidateAll( SwFrm *pFrm, long nBottom )
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// LONG_MAX == nBottom means we have to calculate all
|
2012-11-30 08:49:55 +09:00
|
|
|
bool bAll = LONG_MAX == nBottom;
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
SWRECTFN( pFrm )
|
|
|
|
do
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
pFrm->_InvalidatePos();
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
pFrm->_InvalidateSize();
|
|
|
|
pFrm->_InvalidatePrt();
|
|
|
|
if( pFrm->IsLayoutFrm() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
// NEW TABLES
|
|
|
|
SwLayoutFrm* pToInvalidate = static_cast<SwLayoutFrm*>(pFrm);
|
|
|
|
SwCellFrm* pThisCell = dynamic_cast<SwCellFrm*>(pFrm);
|
|
|
|
if ( pThisCell && pThisCell->GetTabBox()->getRowSpan() < 1 )
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
pToInvalidate = & const_cast<SwCellFrm&>(pThisCell->FindStartEndOfRowSpanCell( true, true ));
|
|
|
|
pToInvalidate->_InvalidatePos();
|
|
|
|
pToInvalidate->_InvalidateSize();
|
|
|
|
pToInvalidate->_InvalidatePrt();
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( pToInvalidate->Lower() )
|
|
|
|
::SwInvalidateAll( pToInvalidate->Lower(), nBottom);
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
pFrm->Prepare( PREP_CLEAR );
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
pFrm = pFrm->GetNext();
|
|
|
|
} while ( pFrm &&
|
|
|
|
( bAll ||
|
|
|
|
(*fnRect->fnYDiff)( (pFrm->Frm().*fnRect->fnGetTop)(), nBottom ) < 0 ) );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i29550#
|
2012-10-12 16:49:40 +02:00
|
|
|
static void lcl_InvalidateAllLowersPrt( SwLayoutFrm* pLayFrm )
|
2004-07-12 12:33:59 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
pLayFrm->_InvalidatePrt();
|
|
|
|
pLayFrm->_InvalidateSize();
|
|
|
|
pLayFrm->SetCompletePaint();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SwFrm* pFrm = pLayFrm->Lower();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while ( pFrm )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( pFrm->IsLayoutFrm() )
|
|
|
|
lcl_InvalidateAllLowersPrt( (SwLayoutFrm*)pFrm );
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
pFrm->_InvalidatePrt();
|
|
|
|
pFrm->_InvalidateSize();
|
|
|
|
pFrm->SetCompletePaint();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pFrm = pFrm->GetNext();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// <-- collapsing
|
|
|
|
|
2010-12-17 09:02:23 +01:00
|
|
|
bool SwCntntFrm::CalcLowers( SwLayoutFrm* pLay, const SwLayoutFrm* pDontLeave,
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
long nBottom, bool bSkipRowSpanCells )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( !pLay )
|
2012-11-30 08:49:55 +09:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-27 14:45:43 +00:00
|
|
|
// LONG_MAX == nBottom means we have to calculate all
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
bool bAll = LONG_MAX == nBottom;
|
2012-11-30 08:49:55 +09:00
|
|
|
bool bRet = false;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
SwCntntFrm *pCnt = pLay->ContainsCntnt();
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
SWRECTFN( pLay )
|
2007-09-20 10:50:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// FME 2007-08-30 #i81146# new loop control
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
sal_uInt16 nLoopControlRuns = 0;
|
|
|
|
const sal_uInt16 nLoopControlMax = 10;
|
2007-09-20 10:50:06 +00:00
|
|
|
const SwModify* pLoopControlCond = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
while ( pCnt && pDontLeave->IsAnLower( pCnt ) )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2011-04-18 12:37:38 -03:00
|
|
|
// #115759# - check, if a format of content frame is
|
2004-12-23 09:09:05 +00:00
|
|
|
// possible. Thus, 'copy' conditions, found at the beginning of
|
|
|
|
// <SwCntntFrm::MakeAll(..)>, and check these.
|
|
|
|
const bool bFormatPossible = !pCnt->IsJoinLocked() &&
|
|
|
|
( !pCnt->IsTxtFrm() ||
|
|
|
|
!static_cast<SwTxtFrm*>(pCnt)->IsLocked() ) &&
|
|
|
|
( pCnt->IsFollow() || !StackHack::IsLocked() );
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// NEW TABLES
|
|
|
|
bool bSkipContent = false;
|
|
|
|
if ( bSkipRowSpanCells && pCnt->IsInTab() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
const SwFrm* pCell = pCnt->GetUpper();
|
|
|
|
while ( pCell && !pCell->IsCellFrm() )
|
|
|
|
pCell = pCell->GetUpper();
|
|
|
|
if ( pCell && 1 != static_cast<const SwCellFrm*>( pCell )->GetLayoutRowSpan() )
|
|
|
|
bSkipContent = true;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( bFormatPossible && !bSkipContent )
|
2004-08-02 13:13:28 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2004-12-23 09:09:05 +00:00
|
|
|
bRet |= !pCnt->IsValid();
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i26945# - no extra invalidation of floating
|
2004-12-23 09:09:05 +00:00
|
|
|
// screen objects needed.
|
|
|
|
// Thus, delete call of method <SwFrm::InvalidateObjs( true )>
|
|
|
|
pCnt->Calc();
|
|
|
|
// OD 2004-05-11 #i28701# - usage of new method <::FormatObjsAtFrm(..)>
|
|
|
|
// to format the floating screen objects
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i46941# - frame has to be valid
|
2005-07-08 10:04:31 +00:00
|
|
|
// Note: frame could be invalid after calling its format, if it's locked.
|
2010-11-25 17:08:45 +01:00
|
|
|
OSL_ENSURE( !pCnt->IsTxtFrm() ||
|
2005-07-08 10:04:31 +00:00
|
|
|
pCnt->IsValid() ||
|
|
|
|
static_cast<SwTxtFrm*>(pCnt)->IsJoinLocked(),
|
2010-12-17 09:02:23 +01:00
|
|
|
"<SwCntntFrm::CalcLowers(..)> - text frame invalid and not locked." );
|
2005-07-08 10:04:31 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( pCnt->IsTxtFrm() && pCnt->IsValid() )
|
2004-08-02 13:13:28 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i23129#, #i36347# - pass correct page frame to
|
2004-12-23 09:09:05 +00:00
|
|
|
// the object formatter
|
|
|
|
if ( !SwObjectFormatter::FormatObjsAtFrm( *pCnt,
|
|
|
|
*(pCnt->FindPageFrm()) ) )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2007-09-20 10:50:06 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( pCnt->GetRegisteredIn() == pLoopControlCond )
|
|
|
|
++nLoopControlRuns;
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nLoopControlRuns = 0;
|
|
|
|
pLoopControlCond = pCnt->GetRegisteredIn();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( nLoopControlRuns < nLoopControlMax )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// restart format with first content
|
|
|
|
pCnt = pLay->ContainsCntnt();
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1
|
2011-04-01 15:14:14 +02:00
|
|
|
OSL_FAIL( "LoopControl in SwCntntFrm::CalcLowers" );
|
2007-09-20 10:50:06 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
2004-12-23 09:09:05 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2004-08-02 13:13:28 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2004-12-23 09:09:05 +00:00
|
|
|
pCnt->GetUpper()->Calc();
|
2004-08-02 13:13:28 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2003-03-27 14:45:43 +00:00
|
|
|
if( ! bAll && (*fnRect->fnYDiff)((pCnt->Frm().*fnRect->fnGetTop)(), nBottom) > 0 )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
pCnt = pCnt->GetNextCntntFrm();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return bRet;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i26945# - add parameter <_bOnlyRowsAndCells> to control
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
// that only row and cell frames are formatted.
|
2012-10-12 16:49:40 +02:00
|
|
|
static sal_Bool lcl_InnerCalcLayout( SwFrm *pFrm,
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
long nBottom,
|
|
|
|
bool _bOnlyRowsAndCells )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2003-03-27 14:45:43 +00:00
|
|
|
// LONG_MAX == nBottom means we have to calculate all
|
2012-11-30 08:49:55 +09:00
|
|
|
bool bAll = LONG_MAX == nBottom;
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
sal_Bool bRet = sal_False;
|
2001-10-19 09:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
const SwFrm* pOldUp = pFrm->GetUpper();
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
SWRECTFN( pFrm )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
do
|
|
|
|
{
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i26945# - parameter <_bOnlyRowsAndCells> controls,
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
// if only row and cell frames are formatted.
|
|
|
|
if ( pFrm->IsLayoutFrm() &&
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
( !_bOnlyRowsAndCells || pFrm->IsRowFrm() || pFrm->IsCellFrm() ) )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2011-04-18 12:37:38 -03:00
|
|
|
// #130744# An invalid locked table frame will
|
2006-03-21 14:37:21 +00:00
|
|
|
// not be calculated => It will not become valid =>
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
// Loop in lcl_RecalcRow(). Therefore we do not consider them for bRet.
|
2006-03-21 14:37:21 +00:00
|
|
|
bRet |= !pFrm->IsValid() && ( !pFrm->IsTabFrm() || !static_cast<SwTabFrm*>(pFrm)->IsJoinLocked() );
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
pFrm->Calc();
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
if( static_cast<SwLayoutFrm*>(pFrm)->Lower() )
|
|
|
|
bRet |= lcl_InnerCalcLayout( static_cast<SwLayoutFrm*>(pFrm)->Lower(), nBottom);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// NEW TABLES
|
|
|
|
SwCellFrm* pThisCell = dynamic_cast<SwCellFrm*>(pFrm);
|
|
|
|
if ( pThisCell && pThisCell->GetTabBox()->getRowSpan() < 1 )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SwCellFrm& rToCalc = const_cast<SwCellFrm&>(pThisCell->FindStartEndOfRowSpanCell( true, true ));
|
|
|
|
bRet |= !rToCalc.IsValid();
|
|
|
|
rToCalc.Calc();
|
|
|
|
if ( rToCalc.Lower() )
|
|
|
|
bRet |= lcl_InnerCalcLayout( rToCalc.Lower(), nBottom);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pFrm = pFrm->GetNext();
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
} while( pFrm &&
|
2003-03-27 14:45:43 +00:00
|
|
|
( bAll ||
|
|
|
|
(*fnRect->fnYDiff)((pFrm->Frm().*fnRect->fnGetTop)(), nBottom) < 0 )
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
&& pFrm->GetUpper() == pOldUp );
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
return bRet;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2012-10-12 16:49:40 +02:00
|
|
|
static void lcl_RecalcRow( SwRowFrm& rRow, long nBottom )
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i26945# - For correct appliance of the 'straightforward
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
// object positioning process, it's needed to notify that the page frame,
|
|
|
|
// on which the given layout frame is in, is in its layout process.
|
|
|
|
SwPageFrm* pPageFrm = rRow.FindPageFrm();
|
|
|
|
if ( pPageFrm && !pPageFrm->IsLayoutInProgress() )
|
|
|
|
pPageFrm->SetLayoutInProgress( true );
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
pPageFrm = 0L;
|
|
|
|
|
2007-09-20 10:50:06 +00:00
|
|
|
// FME 2007-08-30 #i81146# new loop control
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
sal_uInt16 nLoopControlRuns_1 = 0;
|
|
|
|
sal_uInt16 nLoopControlStage_1 = 0;
|
|
|
|
const sal_uInt16 nLoopControlMax = 10;
|
2007-09-20 10:50:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
bool bCheck = true;
|
|
|
|
do
|
|
|
|
{
|
2007-09-20 10:50:06 +00:00
|
|
|
// FME 2007-08-30 #i81146# new loop control
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
sal_uInt16 nLoopControlRuns_2 = 0;
|
|
|
|
sal_uInt16 nLoopControlStage_2 = 0;
|
2007-09-20 10:50:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
while( lcl_InnerCalcLayout( &rRow, nBottom ) )
|
2007-09-20 10:50:06 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( ++nLoopControlRuns_2 > nLoopControlMax )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1
|
2010-11-25 17:08:45 +01:00
|
|
|
OSL_ENSURE( 0 != nLoopControlStage_2, "LoopControl_2 in lcl_RecalcRow: Stage 1!" );
|
|
|
|
OSL_ENSURE( 1 != nLoopControlStage_2, "LoopControl_2 in lcl_RecalcRow: Stage 2!!" );
|
|
|
|
OSL_ENSURE( 2 > nLoopControlStage_2, "LoopControl_2 in lcl_RecalcRow: Stage 3!!!" );
|
2007-09-20 10:50:06 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
rRow.ValidateThisAndAllLowers( nLoopControlStage_2++ );
|
|
|
|
nLoopControlRuns_2 = 0;
|
|
|
|
if( nLoopControlStage_2 > 2 )
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
bCheck = true;
|
2007-09-20 10:50:06 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
if( bCheck )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2011-04-18 12:37:38 -03:00
|
|
|
// #115759# - force another format of the
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
// lowers, if at least one of it was invalid.
|
2010-12-17 09:02:23 +01:00
|
|
|
bCheck = SwCntntFrm::CalcLowers( &rRow, rRow.GetUpper(), nBottom, true );
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// NEW TABLES
|
|
|
|
// First we calculate the cells with row span of < 1, afterwards
|
|
|
|
// all cells with row span of > 1:
|
|
|
|
for ( int i = 0; i < 2; ++i )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SwCellFrm* pCellFrm = static_cast<SwCellFrm*>(rRow.Lower());
|
|
|
|
while ( pCellFrm )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
const bool bCalc = 0 == i ?
|
|
|
|
pCellFrm->GetLayoutRowSpan() < 1 :
|
|
|
|
pCellFrm->GetLayoutRowSpan() > 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( bCalc )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SwCellFrm& rToRecalc = 0 == i ?
|
|
|
|
const_cast<SwCellFrm&>(pCellFrm->FindStartEndOfRowSpanCell( true, true )) :
|
|
|
|
*pCellFrm;
|
2010-12-17 09:02:23 +01:00
|
|
|
bCheck |= SwCntntFrm::CalcLowers( &rToRecalc, &rToRecalc, nBottom, false );
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pCellFrm = static_cast<SwCellFrm*>(pCellFrm->GetNext());
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( bCheck )
|
2007-09-20 10:50:06 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( ++nLoopControlRuns_1 > nLoopControlMax )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 1
|
2010-11-25 17:08:45 +01:00
|
|
|
OSL_ENSURE( 0 != nLoopControlStage_1, "LoopControl_1 in lcl_RecalcRow: Stage 1!" );
|
|
|
|
OSL_ENSURE( 1 != nLoopControlStage_1, "LoopControl_1 in lcl_RecalcRow: Stage 2!!" );
|
|
|
|
OSL_ENSURE( 2 > nLoopControlStage_1, "LoopControl_1 in lcl_RecalcRow: Stage 3!!!" );
|
2007-09-20 10:50:06 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
rRow.ValidateThisAndAllLowers( nLoopControlStage_1++ );
|
|
|
|
nLoopControlRuns_1 = 0;
|
|
|
|
if( nLoopControlStage_1 > 2 )
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
continue;
|
2007-09-20 10:50:06 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
} while( true );
|
|
|
|
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i26945#
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( pPageFrm )
|
|
|
|
pPageFrm->SetLayoutInProgress( false );
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2012-10-12 16:49:40 +02:00
|
|
|
static void lcl_RecalcTable( SwTabFrm& rTab,
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
SwLayoutFrm *pFirstRow,
|
|
|
|
SwLayNotify &rNotify )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( rTab.Lower() )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( !pFirstRow )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
pFirstRow = (SwLayoutFrm*)rTab.Lower();
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
rNotify.SetLowersComplete( sal_True );
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
::SwInvalidatePositions( pFirstRow, LONG_MAX );
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
lcl_RecalcRow( static_cast<SwRowFrm&>(*pFirstRow), LONG_MAX );
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2003-10-30 09:18:43 +00:00
|
|
|
// This is a new function to check the first condition whether
|
|
|
|
// a tab frame may move backward. It replaces the formerly used
|
|
|
|
// GetIndPrev(), which did not work correctly for #i5947#
|
2012-10-12 16:49:40 +02:00
|
|
|
static bool lcl_NoPrev( const SwFrm& rFrm )
|
2003-10-30 09:18:43 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2011-04-16 16:19:09 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i79774#
|
2007-10-16 10:41:46 +00:00
|
|
|
// skip empty sections on investigation of direct previous frame.
|
|
|
|
// use information, that at least one empty section is skipped in the following code.
|
|
|
|
bool bSkippedDirectPrevEmptySection( false );
|
2003-10-30 09:18:43 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( rFrm.GetPrev() )
|
2007-10-16 10:41:46 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
const SwFrm* pPrev( rFrm.GetPrev() );
|
|
|
|
while ( pPrev &&
|
|
|
|
pPrev->IsSctFrm() &&
|
|
|
|
!dynamic_cast<const SwSectionFrm*>(pPrev)->GetSection() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
pPrev = pPrev->GetPrev();
|
|
|
|
bSkippedDirectPrevEmptySection = true;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( pPrev )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2003-10-30 09:18:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-10-16 10:41:46 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( ( !bSkippedDirectPrevEmptySection && !rFrm.GetIndPrev() ) ||
|
|
|
|
( bSkippedDirectPrevEmptySection &&
|
|
|
|
( !rFrm.IsInSct() || !rFrm._GetIndPrev() ) ) )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2003-10-30 09:18:43 +00:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
2007-10-16 10:41:46 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2003-10-30 09:18:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// I do not have a direct prev, but I have an indirect prev.
|
|
|
|
// In section frames I have to check if I'm located inside
|
|
|
|
// the first column:
|
|
|
|
if ( rFrm.IsInSct() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
const SwFrm* pSct = rFrm.GetUpper();
|
|
|
|
if ( pSct && pSct->IsColBodyFrm() &&
|
|
|
|
(pSct = pSct->GetUpper()->GetUpper())->IsSctFrm() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
const SwFrm* pPrevCol = rFrm.GetUpper()->GetUpper()->GetPrev();
|
|
|
|
if ( pPrevCol )
|
|
|
|
// I'm not inside the first column and do not have a direct
|
|
|
|
// prev. I can try to go backward.
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
#define KEEPTAB ( !GetFollow() && !IsFollow() )
|
|
|
|
|
2011-04-16 16:19:09 -03:00
|
|
|
// - helper method to find next content frame of
|
2005-10-19 11:36:08 +00:00
|
|
|
// a table frame and format it to assure keep attribute.
|
|
|
|
// method return true, if a next content frame is formatted.
|
|
|
|
// Precondition: The given table frame hasn't a follow and isn't a follow.
|
2012-10-12 16:49:40 +02:00
|
|
|
SwFrm* sw_FormatNextCntntForKeep( SwTabFrm* pTabFrm )
|
2005-10-19 11:36:08 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// find next content, table or section
|
|
|
|
SwFrm* pNxt = pTabFrm->FindNext();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// skip empty sections
|
|
|
|
while ( pNxt && pNxt->IsSctFrm() &&
|
|
|
|
!static_cast<SwSectionFrm*>(pNxt)->GetSection() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
pNxt = pNxt->FindNext();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// if found next frame is a section, get its first content.
|
|
|
|
if ( pNxt && pNxt->IsSctFrm() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
pNxt = static_cast<SwSectionFrm*>(pNxt)->ContainsAny();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// format found next frame.
|
|
|
|
// if table frame is inside another table, method <SwFrm::MakeAll()> is
|
|
|
|
// called to avoid that the superior table frame is formatted.
|
|
|
|
if ( pNxt )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( pTabFrm->GetUpper()->IsInTab() )
|
|
|
|
pNxt->MakeAll();
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
pNxt->Calc();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2006-03-09 13:09:00 +00:00
|
|
|
return pNxt;
|
2005-10-19 11:36:08 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
void SwTabFrm::MakeAll()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( IsJoinLocked() || StackHack::IsLocked() || StackHack::Count() > 50 )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( HasFollow() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2007-09-27 08:06:51 +00:00
|
|
|
SwTabFrm* pFollowFrm = (SwTabFrm*)GetFollow();
|
2010-11-25 17:08:45 +01:00
|
|
|
OSL_ENSURE( !pFollowFrm->IsJoinLocked() || !pFollowFrm->IsRebuildLastLine(),
|
|
|
|
"SwTabFrm::MakeAll for master while follow is in RebuildLastLine()" );
|
2007-09-27 08:06:51 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( pFollowFrm->IsJoinLocked() && pFollowFrm->IsRebuildLastLine() )
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2001-10-19 09:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
PROTOCOL_ENTER( this, PROT_MAKEALL, 0, 0 )
|
|
|
|
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
LockJoin(); //I don't want to be destroyed on the way.
|
|
|
|
SwLayNotify aNotify( this ); //does the notification in the DTor
|
2002-11-13 08:45:35 +00:00
|
|
|
// If pos is invalid, we have to call a SetInvaKeep at aNotify.
|
|
|
|
// Otherwise the keep atribute would not work in front of a table.
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
const sal_Bool bOldValidPos = GetValidPosFlag();
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
//If my neighbour is my Follow at the same time, I'll swallow it up.
|
2003-04-17 15:08:04 +00:00
|
|
|
// OD 09.04.2003 #108698# - join all follows, which are placed on the
|
|
|
|
// same page/column.
|
2003-05-02 14:27:28 +00:00
|
|
|
// OD 29.04.2003 #109213# - join follow, only if join for the follow
|
|
|
|
// is not locked. Otherwise, join will not be performed and this loop
|
|
|
|
// will be endless.
|
|
|
|
while ( GetNext() && GetNext() == GetFollow() &&
|
|
|
|
!GetFollow()->IsJoinLocked()
|
|
|
|
)
|
2003-04-17 15:08:04 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2004-03-17 11:50:18 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( HasFollowFlowLine() )
|
2004-05-03 12:47:42 +00:00
|
|
|
RemoveFollowFlowLine();
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
Join();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The bRemoveFollowFlowLinePending is set if the split attribute of the
|
|
|
|
// last line is set:
|
|
|
|
if ( IsRemoveFollowFlowLinePending() && HasFollowFlowLine() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2004-06-29 07:30:04 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( RemoveFollowFlowLine() )
|
|
|
|
Join();
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
SetRemoveFollowFlowLinePending( sal_False );
|
2003-04-17 15:08:04 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
if ( bResizeHTMLTable ) //Optimized interplay with grow/shrink of the content
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
bResizeHTMLTable = sal_False;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
SwHTMLTableLayout *pLayout = GetTable()->GetHTMLTableLayout();
|
|
|
|
if ( pLayout )
|
|
|
|
bCalcLowers = pLayout->Resize(
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
pLayout->GetBrowseWidthByTabFrm( *this ), sal_False );
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-12-22 18:22:03 +01:00
|
|
|
// as long as bMakePage is true, a new page can be created (exactly once)
|
|
|
|
bool bMakePage = true;
|
|
|
|
// bMovedBwd gets set to true when the frame flows backwards
|
|
|
|
bool bMovedBwd = false;
|
|
|
|
// as long as bMovedFwd is false, the Frm may flow backwards (until
|
|
|
|
// it has been moved forward once)
|
|
|
|
bool bMovedFwd = false;
|
|
|
|
// gets set to true when the Frm is split
|
|
|
|
bool bSplit = false;
|
2012-07-19 14:07:52 +02:00
|
|
|
const bool bFtnsInDoc = !GetFmt()->GetDoc()->GetFtnIdxs().empty();
|
2013-01-29 10:55:26 +09:00
|
|
|
bool bMoveable;
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
const sal_Bool bFly = IsInFly();
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SwBorderAttrAccess *pAccess= new SwBorderAttrAccess( SwFrm::GetCache(), this );
|
|
|
|
const SwBorderAttrs *pAttrs = pAccess->Get();
|
|
|
|
|
2004-05-03 12:47:42 +00:00
|
|
|
// The beloved keep attribute
|
2006-03-09 13:09:00 +00:00
|
|
|
const bool bKeep = IsKeep( pAttrs->GetAttrSet() );
|
|
|
|
|
2004-05-03 12:47:42 +00:00
|
|
|
// All rows should keep together
|
2004-06-28 12:00:20 +00:00
|
|
|
// OD 2004-05-25 #i21478# - don't split table, if it has to keep with next
|
|
|
|
const bool bDontSplit = !IsFollow() &&
|
|
|
|
( !GetFmt()->GetLayoutSplit().GetValue() || bKeep );
|
2006-03-09 13:09:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2004-05-03 12:47:42 +00:00
|
|
|
// The number of repeated headlines
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
const sal_uInt16 nRepeat = GetTable()->GetRowsToRepeat();
|
2006-03-09 13:09:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
// This flag indicates that we are allowed to try to split the
|
2004-06-29 07:30:04 +00:00
|
|
|
// table rows.
|
|
|
|
bool bTryToSplit = true;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2011-04-18 12:37:38 -03:00
|
|
|
// #131283#
|
2006-03-09 13:09:00 +00:00
|
|
|
// Indicates that two individual rows may keep together, based on the keep
|
|
|
|
// attribute set at the first paragraph in the first cell.
|
2006-08-14 15:29:51 +00:00
|
|
|
const bool bTableRowKeep = !bDontSplit && GetFmt()->GetDoc()->get(IDocumentSettingAccess::TABLE_ROW_KEEP);
|
2006-03-09 13:09:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The Magic Move: Used for the table row keep feature.
|
|
|
|
// If only the last row of the table wants to keep (implicitely by setting
|
|
|
|
// keep for the first paragraph in the first cell), and this table does
|
|
|
|
// not have a next, the last line will be cut. Loop prevention: Only
|
|
|
|
// one try.
|
|
|
|
bool bLastRowHasToMoveToFollow = false;
|
|
|
|
bool bLastRowMoveNoMoreTries = false;
|
|
|
|
|
2004-05-03 12:47:42 +00:00
|
|
|
// Join follow table, if this table is not allowed to split:
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( bDontSplit )
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2004-02-16 10:58:55 +00:00
|
|
|
while ( GetFollow() && !GetFollow()->IsJoinLocked() )
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( HasFollowFlowLine() )
|
2004-05-03 12:47:42 +00:00
|
|
|
RemoveFollowFlowLine();
|
|
|
|
Join();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Join follow table, if this does not have enough (repeated) lines:
|
|
|
|
if ( nRepeat )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if( GetFollow() && !GetFollow()->IsJoinLocked() &&
|
|
|
|
0 == GetFirstNonHeadlineRow() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( HasFollowFlowLine() )
|
|
|
|
RemoveFollowFlowLine();
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
Join();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2006-03-09 13:09:00 +00:00
|
|
|
// Join follow table, if last row of this table should keep:
|
|
|
|
if ( bTableRowKeep && GetFollow() && !GetFollow()->IsJoinLocked() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
const SwRowFrm* pTmpRow = static_cast<const SwRowFrm*>(GetLastLower());
|
|
|
|
if ( pTmpRow && pTmpRow->ShouldRowKeepWithNext() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( HasFollowFlowLine() )
|
|
|
|
RemoveFollowFlowLine();
|
|
|
|
Join();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-12-22 18:22:03 +01:00
|
|
|
// a new one is moved forwards immediately
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( !Frm().Top() && IsFollow() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SwFrm *pPre = GetPrev();
|
|
|
|
if ( pPre && pPre->IsTabFrm() && ((SwTabFrm*)pPre)->GetFollow() == this)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
if ( !MoveFwd( bMakePage, sal_False ) )
|
2011-12-22 18:22:03 +01:00
|
|
|
bMakePage = false;
|
|
|
|
bMovedFwd = true;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-31 16:42:21 +00:00
|
|
|
int nUnSplitted = 5; // Just another loop control :-(
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
SWRECTFN( this )
|
2013-02-09 11:35:20 +01:00
|
|
|
while ( !mbValidPos || !mbValidSize || !mbValidPrtArea )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2013-01-29 10:55:26 +09:00
|
|
|
if ( (bMoveable = IsMoveable()) )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( CheckMoveFwd( bMakePage, bKeep && KEEPTAB, bMovedBwd ) )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2011-12-22 18:22:03 +01:00
|
|
|
bMovedFwd = true;
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
bCalcLowers = sal_True;
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i99267#
|
2009-08-27 14:36:29 +00:00
|
|
|
// reset <bSplit> after forward move to assure that follows
|
|
|
|
// can be joined, if further space is available.
|
2011-12-22 18:22:03 +01:00
|
|
|
bSplit = false;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
Point aOldPos( (Frm().*fnRect->fnGetPos)() );
|
|
|
|
MakePos();
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( aOldPos != (Frm().*fnRect->fnGetPos)() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( aOldPos.Y() != (Frm().*fnRect->fnGetTop)() )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SwHTMLTableLayout *pLayout = GetTable()->GetHTMLTableLayout();
|
|
|
|
if( pLayout )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
delete pAccess;
|
|
|
|
bCalcLowers |= pLayout->Resize(
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
pLayout->GetBrowseWidthByTabFrm( *this ), sal_False );
|
2003-03-27 14:45:43 +00:00
|
|
|
pAccess = new SwBorderAttrAccess( SwFrm::GetCache(), this );
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
pAttrs = pAccess->Get();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2013-02-09 11:35:20 +01:00
|
|
|
mbValidPrtArea = sal_False;
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
aNotify.SetLowersComplete( sal_False );
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
SwFrm *pPre;
|
|
|
|
if ( bKeep || (0 != (pPre = FindPrev()) &&
|
|
|
|
pPre->GetAttrSet()->GetKeep().GetValue()) )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
bCalcLowers = sal_True;
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i99267#
|
2010-09-14 15:00:33 +02:00
|
|
|
// reset <bSplit> after forward move to assure that follows
|
|
|
|
// can be joined, if further space is available.
|
2011-12-22 18:22:03 +01:00
|
|
|
bSplit = false;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2012-03-13 13:58:46 +00:00
|
|
|
//We need to know the height of the first row, because the master needs
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
//to be activated if it shrinks and then absorb the row if necessary.
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
long n1StLineHeight = 0;
|
|
|
|
if ( IsFollow() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2004-05-03 12:47:42 +00:00
|
|
|
SwFrm* pFrm = GetFirstNonHeadlineRow();
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( pFrm )
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
n1StLineHeight = (pFrm->Frm().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2013-02-09 11:35:20 +01:00
|
|
|
if ( !mbValidSize || !mbValidPrtArea )
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
const long nOldPrtWidth = (Prt().*fnRect->fnGetWidth)();
|
|
|
|
const long nOldFrmWidth = (Frm().*fnRect->fnGetWidth)();
|
|
|
|
const Point aOldPrtPos = (Prt().*fnRect->fnGetPos)();
|
|
|
|
Format( pAttrs );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SwHTMLTableLayout *pLayout = GetTable()->GetHTMLTableLayout();
|
2010-01-25 11:29:30 +01:00
|
|
|
if ( pLayout &&
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
((Prt().*fnRect->fnGetWidth)() != nOldPrtWidth ||
|
|
|
|
(Frm().*fnRect->fnGetWidth)() != nOldFrmWidth) )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
delete pAccess;
|
|
|
|
bCalcLowers |= pLayout->Resize(
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
pLayout->GetBrowseWidthByTabFrm( *this ), sal_False );
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
pAccess= new SwBorderAttrAccess( SwFrm::GetCache(), this );
|
|
|
|
pAttrs = pAccess->Get();
|
|
|
|
}
|
2010-01-25 11:29:30 +01:00
|
|
|
if ( aOldPrtPos != (Prt().*fnRect->fnGetPos)() )
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
aNotify.SetLowersComplete( sal_False );
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-12-22 18:22:03 +01:00
|
|
|
// If this is the first one in a chain, check if this can flow
|
|
|
|
// backwards (if this is movable at all).
|
|
|
|
// To prevent oscillations/loops, check that this has not just
|
|
|
|
// flowed forwards.
|
2003-10-30 09:18:43 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( !bMovedFwd && (bMoveable || bFly) && lcl_NoPrev( *this ) )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2011-12-22 18:22:03 +01:00
|
|
|
// for Follows notify Master.
|
|
|
|
// only move Follow if it has to skip empty pages.
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( IsFollow() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2011-12-22 18:22:03 +01:00
|
|
|
// Only if the height of the first line got smaller.
|
2004-05-03 12:47:42 +00:00
|
|
|
SwFrm *pFrm = GetFirstNonHeadlineRow();
|
|
|
|
if( pFrm && n1StLineHeight >(pFrm->Frm().*fnRect->fnGetHeight )() )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SwTabFrm *pMaster = (SwTabFrm*)FindMaster();
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
sal_Bool bDummy;
|
|
|
|
if ( ShouldBwdMoved( pMaster->GetUpper(), sal_False, bDummy ) )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
pMaster->InvalidatePos();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
SwFtnBossFrm *pOldBoss = bFtnsInDoc ? FindFtnBossFrm( sal_True ) : 0;
|
|
|
|
sal_Bool bReformat;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( MoveBwd( bReformat ) )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
SWREFRESHFN( this )
|
2011-12-22 18:22:03 +01:00
|
|
|
bMovedBwd = true;
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
aNotify.SetLowersComplete( sal_False );
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( bFtnsInDoc )
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
MoveLowerFtns( 0, pOldBoss, 0, sal_True );
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( bReformat || bKeep )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
long nOldTop = (Frm().*fnRect->fnGetTop)();
|
|
|
|
MakePos();
|
|
|
|
if( nOldTop != (Frm().*fnRect->fnGetTop)() )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2007-09-27 08:06:51 +00:00
|
|
|
SwHTMLTableLayout *pHTMLLayout =
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
GetTable()->GetHTMLTableLayout();
|
2007-09-27 08:06:51 +00:00
|
|
|
if( pHTMLLayout )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
delete pAccess;
|
2007-09-27 08:06:51 +00:00
|
|
|
bCalcLowers |= pHTMLLayout->Resize(
|
|
|
|
pHTMLLayout->GetBrowseWidthByTabFrm( *this ),
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
sal_False );
|
2006-03-09 13:09:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
pAccess= new SwBorderAttrAccess(
|
|
|
|
SwFrm::GetCache(), this );
|
|
|
|
pAttrs = pAccess->Get();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2013-02-09 11:35:20 +01:00
|
|
|
mbValidPrtArea = sal_False;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
Format( pAttrs );
|
|
|
|
}
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
lcl_RecalcTable( *this, 0, aNotify );
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
bLowersFormatted = sal_True;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( bKeep && KEEPTAB )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2011-04-16 16:19:09 -03:00
|
|
|
//
|
2005-10-19 11:36:08 +00:00
|
|
|
// Consider case that table is inside another table,
|
|
|
|
// because it has to be avoided, that superior table
|
|
|
|
// is formatted.
|
|
|
|
// Thus, find next content, table or section
|
|
|
|
// and, if a section is found, get its first
|
|
|
|
// content.
|
2012-10-12 16:49:40 +02:00
|
|
|
if ( 0 != sw_FormatNextCntntForKeep( this ) && !GetNext() )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2013-02-09 11:35:20 +01:00
|
|
|
mbValidPos = sal_False;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
//Again an invalid value? - do it again...
|
2013-02-09 11:35:20 +01:00
|
|
|
if ( !mbValidPos || !mbValidSize || !mbValidPrtArea )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
2002-10-24 08:37:07 +00:00
|
|
|
// check, if calculation of table frame is ready.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// OD 23.10.2002 #103517# - Local variable <nDistanceToUpperPrtBottom>
|
|
|
|
/// Introduce local variable and init it with the distance from the
|
|
|
|
/// table frame bottom to the bottom of the upper printing area.
|
|
|
|
/// Note: negative values denotes the situation that table frame doesn't
|
|
|
|
/// fit in its upper.
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-10-24 08:37:07 +00:00
|
|
|
SwTwips nDistanceToUpperPrtBottom =
|
|
|
|
(Frm().*fnRect->fnBottomDist)( (GetUpper()->*fnRect->fnGetPrtBottom)());
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// OD 23.10.2002 #103517# - In online layout try to grow upper of table
|
|
|
|
/// frame, if table frame doesn't fit in its upper.
|
2010-06-13 15:22:56 +02:00
|
|
|
const ViewShell *pSh = getRootFrm()->GetCurrShell();
|
|
|
|
const bool bBrowseMode = pSh && pSh->GetViewOptions()->getBrowseMode();
|
2006-08-14 15:29:51 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( nDistanceToUpperPrtBottom < 0 && bBrowseMode )
|
2002-10-24 08:37:07 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( GetUpper()->Grow( -nDistanceToUpperPrtBottom ) )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// upper is grown --> recalculate <nDistanceToUpperPrtBottom>
|
|
|
|
nDistanceToUpperPrtBottom =
|
|
|
|
(Frm().*fnRect->fnBottomDist)( (GetUpper()->*fnRect->fnGetPrtBottom)());
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2006-03-09 13:09:00 +00:00
|
|
|
// If there is still some space left in the upper, we check if we
|
|
|
|
// can join some rows of the follow.
|
|
|
|
// Setting bLastRowHasToMoveToFollow to true means we want to force
|
|
|
|
// the table to be split! Only skip this if condition once.
|
|
|
|
if( nDistanceToUpperPrtBottom >= 0 && !bLastRowHasToMoveToFollow )
|
2004-05-03 12:47:42 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2002-10-24 08:37:07 +00:00
|
|
|
// OD 23.10.2002 - translate german commentary
|
|
|
|
// If there is space left in the upper printing area, join as for trial
|
|
|
|
// at least one further row of an existing follow.
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( !bSplit && GetFollow() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
sal_Bool bDummy;
|
|
|
|
if ( GetFollow()->ShouldBwdMoved( GetUpper(), sal_False, bDummy ) )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SwFrm *pTmp = GetUpper();
|
2001-12-12 13:44:09 +00:00
|
|
|
SwTwips nDeadLine = (pTmp->*fnRect->fnGetPrtBottom)();
|
2006-08-14 15:29:51 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( bBrowseMode )
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
nDeadLine += pTmp->Grow( LONG_MAX, sal_True );
|
2001-12-12 13:44:09 +00:00
|
|
|
if( (Frm().*fnRect->fnBottomDist)( nDeadLine ) > 0 )
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// First, we remove an existing follow flow line.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
if ( HasFollowFlowLine() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
SwFrm* pLastLine = const_cast<SwFrm*>(GetLastLower());
|
2004-05-03 12:47:42 +00:00
|
|
|
RemoveFollowFlowLine();
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
// invalidate and rebuild last row
|
2007-07-31 16:42:21 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( pLastLine )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
::SwInvalidateAll( pLastLine, LONG_MAX );
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
SetRebuildLastLine( sal_True );
|
2007-07-31 16:42:21 +00:00
|
|
|
lcl_RecalcRow( static_cast<SwRowFrm&>(*pLastLine), LONG_MAX );
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
SetRebuildLastLine( sal_False );
|
2007-07-31 16:42:21 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2004-05-03 12:47:42 +00:00
|
|
|
SwFrm* pRow = GetFollow()->GetFirstNonHeadlineRow();
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !pRow || !pRow->GetNext() )
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
//The follow becomes empty and invalid for this reason.
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
Join();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// If there is no follow flow line, we move the first
|
|
|
|
// row in the follow table to the master table.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
SwRowFrm *pRow = GetFollow()->GetFirstNonHeadlineRow();
|
|
|
|
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
//The follow becomes empty and invalid for this reason.
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( !pRow )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
Join();
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
const SwTwips nOld = (Frm().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)();
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
long nRowsToMove = lcl_GetMaximumLayoutRowSpan( *pRow );
|
|
|
|
SwFrm* pRowToMove = pRow;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while ( pRowToMove && nRowsToMove-- > 0 )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2012-11-30 08:49:55 +09:00
|
|
|
const bool bMoveFtns = bFtnsInDoc && !GetFollow()->IsJoinLocked();
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
SwFtnBossFrm *pOldBoss = 0;
|
|
|
|
if ( bMoveFtns )
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
pOldBoss = pRowToMove->FindFtnBossFrm( sal_True );
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-27 08:06:51 +00:00
|
|
|
SwFrm* pNextRow = pRowToMove->GetNext();
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-27 08:06:51 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( !pNextRow )
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
//The follow becomes empty and invalid for this reason.
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
Join();
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
pRowToMove->Cut();
|
|
|
|
pRowToMove->Paste( this );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
//Displace the footnotes!
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( bMoveFtns )
|
|
|
|
if ( ((SwLayoutFrm*)pRowToMove)->MoveLowerFtns(
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
0, pOldBoss, FindFtnBossFrm( sal_True ), sal_True ) )
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
GetUpper()->Calc();
|
|
|
|
|
2007-09-27 08:06:51 +00:00
|
|
|
pRowToMove = pNextRow;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( nOld != (Frm().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)() )
|
|
|
|
lcl_RecalcTable( *this, (SwLayoutFrm*)pRow, aNotify );
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2006-03-09 13:09:00 +00:00
|
|
|
else if ( KEEPTAB )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2006-03-09 13:09:00 +00:00
|
|
|
bool bFormat = false;
|
|
|
|
if ( bKeep )
|
|
|
|
bFormat = true;
|
|
|
|
else if ( bTableRowKeep && !bLastRowMoveNoMoreTries )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// We only want to give the last row one chance to move
|
|
|
|
// to the follow table. Set the flag as early as possible:
|
|
|
|
bLastRowMoveNoMoreTries = true;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The last line of the table has to be cut off if:
|
|
|
|
// 1. The table does not want to keep with its next
|
|
|
|
// 2. The compatibility option is set and the table is allowed to split
|
|
|
|
// 3. We did not already cut off the last row
|
|
|
|
// 4. There is not break after attribute set at the table
|
|
|
|
// 5. There is no break before attribute set behind the table
|
2006-05-16 15:09:03 +00:00
|
|
|
// 6. There is no section change behind the table (see IsKeep)
|
|
|
|
// 7. The last table row wants to keep with its next.
|
2006-03-09 13:09:00 +00:00
|
|
|
const SwRowFrm* pLastRow = static_cast<const SwRowFrm*>(GetLastLower());
|
|
|
|
if ( pLastRow && IsKeep( pAttrs->GetAttrSet(), true ) &&
|
|
|
|
pLastRow->ShouldRowKeepWithNext() )
|
|
|
|
bFormat = true;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( bFormat )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2006-07-20 15:19:41 +00:00
|
|
|
delete pAccess;
|
|
|
|
|
2011-04-16 16:19:09 -03:00
|
|
|
//
|
2006-03-09 13:09:00 +00:00
|
|
|
// Consider case that table is inside another table, because
|
|
|
|
// it has to be avoided, that superior table is formatted.
|
|
|
|
// Thus, find next content, table or section and, if a section
|
|
|
|
// is found, get its first content.
|
2012-10-12 16:49:40 +02:00
|
|
|
const SwFrm* pTmpNxt = sw_FormatNextCntntForKeep( this );
|
2006-03-09 13:09:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2006-07-20 15:19:41 +00:00
|
|
|
pAccess= new SwBorderAttrAccess( SwFrm::GetCache(), this );
|
|
|
|
pAttrs = pAccess->Get();
|
|
|
|
|
2006-03-09 13:09:00 +00:00
|
|
|
// The last row wants to keep with the frame behind the table.
|
|
|
|
// Check if the next frame is on a different page and valid.
|
|
|
|
// In this case we do a magic trick:
|
|
|
|
if ( !bKeep && !GetNext() && pTmpNxt && pTmpNxt->IsValid() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2013-02-09 11:35:20 +01:00
|
|
|
mbValidPos = sal_False;
|
2006-03-09 13:09:00 +00:00
|
|
|
bLastRowHasToMoveToFollow = true;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2006-03-09 13:09:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( IsValid() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( bCalcLowers )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
lcl_RecalcTable( *this, 0, aNotify );
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
bLowersFormatted = sal_True;
|
|
|
|
bCalcLowers = sal_False;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if ( bONECalcLowers )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
lcl_RecalcRow( static_cast<SwRowFrm&>(*Lower()), LONG_MAX );
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
bONECalcLowers = sal_False;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
//I don't fit in the higher-ranked element anymore, therefore it's the
|
|
|
|
//right moment to do some preferably constructive changes.
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
//If I'm NOT allowed to leave the parent Frm, I've got a problem.
|
|
|
|
// Following Artur Dent, we do the only thing that you can do with
|
|
|
|
// an unsolvable problem: We ignore it with all our power.
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( !bMoveable )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( bCalcLowers && IsValid() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
lcl_RecalcTable( *this, 0, aNotify );
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
bLowersFormatted = sal_True;
|
|
|
|
bCalcLowers = sal_False;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if ( bONECalcLowers )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
lcl_RecalcRow( static_cast<SwRowFrm&>(*Lower()), LONG_MAX );
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
bONECalcLowers = sal_False;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2006-03-09 13:09:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// It does not make sense to cut off the last line if we are
|
|
|
|
// not moveable:
|
|
|
|
bLastRowHasToMoveToFollow = false;
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2002-04-24 14:21:21 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( bCalcLowers && IsValid() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
lcl_RecalcTable( *this, 0, aNotify );
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
bLowersFormatted = sal_True;
|
|
|
|
bCalcLowers = sal_False;
|
2002-04-24 14:21:21 +00:00
|
|
|
if( !IsValid() )
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2006-03-09 13:09:00 +00:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// First try to split the table. Condition:
|
|
|
|
// 1. We have at least one non headline row
|
|
|
|
// 2. If this row wants to keep, we need an additional row
|
|
|
|
// 3. The table is allowed to split or we do not have an pIndPrev:
|
|
|
|
//
|
2004-06-29 07:30:04 +00:00
|
|
|
SwFrm* pIndPrev = GetIndPrev();
|
|
|
|
const SwRowFrm* pFirstNonHeadlineRow = GetFirstNonHeadlineRow();
|
2006-03-09 13:09:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-07-31 16:42:21 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( pFirstNonHeadlineRow && nUnSplitted > 0 &&
|
2006-03-09 13:09:00 +00:00
|
|
|
( !bTableRowKeep || pFirstNonHeadlineRow->GetNext() || !pFirstNonHeadlineRow->ShouldRowKeepWithNext() ) &&
|
|
|
|
( !bDontSplit || !pIndPrev ) )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i29438#
|
2004-06-29 07:30:04 +00:00
|
|
|
// Special DoNotSplit case:
|
|
|
|
// We better avoid splitting of a row frame if we are inside a columned
|
|
|
|
// section which has a height of 0, because this is not growable and thus
|
|
|
|
// all kinds of unexpected things could happen.
|
|
|
|
if ( IsInSct() &&
|
2011-01-09 21:44:27 +00:00
|
|
|
(FindSctFrm())->Lower()->IsColumnFrm() &&
|
2004-06-29 07:30:04 +00:00
|
|
|
0 == (GetUpper()->Frm().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
bTryToSplit = false;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// 1. Try: bTryToSplit = true => Try to split the row.
|
|
|
|
// 2. Try: bTryToSplit = false => Split the table between the rows.
|
|
|
|
if ( pFirstNonHeadlineRow->GetNext() || bTryToSplit )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2001-12-12 13:44:09 +00:00
|
|
|
SwTwips nDeadLine = (GetUpper()->*fnRect->fnGetPrtBottom)();
|
2004-06-01 06:44:20 +00:00
|
|
|
if( IsInSct() || GetUpper()->IsInTab() ) // TABLE IN TABLE)
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
nDeadLine = (*fnRect->fnYInc)( nDeadLine,
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
GetUpper()->Grow( LONG_MAX, sal_True ) );
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
::lcl_RecalcRow( static_cast<SwRowFrm&>(*Lower()), nDeadLine );
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
bLowersFormatted = sal_True;
|
|
|
|
aNotify.SetLowersComplete( sal_True );
|
2006-03-09 13:09:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// One more check if its really necessary to split the table.
|
|
|
|
// 1. The table either has to exceed the deadline or
|
|
|
|
// 2. We explicitly want to cut off the last row.
|
|
|
|
if( (Frm().*fnRect->fnBottomDist)( nDeadLine ) > 0 && !bLastRowHasToMoveToFollow )
|
2004-06-29 07:30:04 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
continue;
|
2004-06-29 07:30:04 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2006-03-09 13:09:00 +00:00
|
|
|
// Set to false again as early as possible.
|
|
|
|
bLastRowHasToMoveToFollow = false;
|
|
|
|
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i52781#
|
2005-09-28 10:16:25 +00:00
|
|
|
// YaSC - Yet another special case:
|
|
|
|
// If our upper is inside a table cell which is not allowed
|
|
|
|
// to split, we do not try to split:
|
|
|
|
if ( GetUpper()->IsInTab() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
const SwFrm* pTmpRow = GetUpper();
|
|
|
|
while ( pTmpRow && !pTmpRow->IsRowFrm() )
|
|
|
|
pTmpRow = pTmpRow->GetUpper();
|
|
|
|
if ( pTmpRow && !static_cast<const SwRowFrm*>(pTmpRow)->IsRowSplitAllowed() )
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
sal_uInt16 nMinNumOfLines = nRepeat;
|
2006-03-09 13:09:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( bTableRowKeep )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
const SwRowFrm* pTmpRow = pFirstNonHeadlineRow;
|
|
|
|
while ( pTmpRow && pTmpRow->ShouldRowKeepWithNext() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
++nMinNumOfLines;
|
|
|
|
pTmpRow = static_cast<const SwRowFrm*>(pTmpRow->GetNext());
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-29 07:30:04 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( !bTryToSplit )
|
|
|
|
++nMinNumOfLines;
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2004-06-29 07:30:04 +00:00
|
|
|
const SwTwips nBreakLine = (*fnRect->fnYInc)(
|
|
|
|
(Frm().*fnRect->fnGetTop)(),
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
(this->*fnRect->fnGetTopMargin)() +
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
lcl_GetHeightOfRows( GetLower(), nMinNumOfLines ) );
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2006-03-09 13:09:00 +00:00
|
|
|
// Some more checks if we want to call the split algorithm or not:
|
|
|
|
// The repeating lines / keeping lines still fit into the upper or
|
|
|
|
// if we do not have an (in)direkt Prev, we split anyway.
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
if( (*fnRect->fnYDiff)(nDeadLine, nBreakLine) >=0 || !pIndPrev )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
aNotify.SetLowersComplete( sal_False );
|
2011-12-22 18:22:03 +01:00
|
|
|
bSplit = true;
|
2004-06-29 07:30:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// An existing follow flow line has to be removed.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
if ( HasFollowFlowLine() )
|
2004-05-03 12:47:42 +00:00
|
|
|
RemoveFollowFlowLine();
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2006-03-09 13:09:00 +00:00
|
|
|
const bool bSplitError = !Split( nDeadLine, bTryToSplit, bTableRowKeep );
|
2007-07-31 16:42:21 +00:00
|
|
|
if( !bTryToSplit && !bSplitError && nUnSplitted > 0 )
|
|
|
|
--nUnSplitted;
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i29771# Two tries to split the table
|
2010-12-04 14:11:36 +09:00
|
|
|
// If an error occurred during splitting. We start a second
|
2005-03-08 12:44:41 +00:00
|
|
|
// try, this time without splitting of table rows.
|
2004-06-29 07:30:04 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( bSplitError )
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2004-06-29 07:30:04 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( HasFollowFlowLine() )
|
|
|
|
RemoveFollowFlowLine();
|
2005-03-08 12:44:41 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2004-06-29 07:30:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2011-04-18 12:37:38 -03:00
|
|
|
// #119477#
|
2005-03-08 12:44:41 +00:00
|
|
|
// If splitting the table was successfull or not,
|
|
|
|
// we do not want to have 'empty' follow tables.
|
|
|
|
if ( GetFollow() && !GetFollow()->GetFirstNonHeadlineRow() )
|
|
|
|
Join();
|
2004-06-29 07:30:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-20 10:50:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-03-08 12:44:41 +00:00
|
|
|
// We want to restore the situation before the failed
|
|
|
|
// split operation as good as possible. Therefore we
|
|
|
|
// do some more calculations. Note: Restricting this
|
|
|
|
// to nDeadLine may not be enough.
|
2007-09-20 10:50:06 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( bSplitError && bTryToSplit ) // no restart if we did not try to split: i72847, i79426
|
2005-03-08 12:44:41 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
lcl_RecalcRow( static_cast<SwRowFrm&>(*Lower()), LONG_MAX );
|
2013-02-09 11:35:20 +01:00
|
|
|
mbValidPos = sal_False;
|
2007-09-20 10:50:06 +00:00
|
|
|
bTryToSplit = false;
|
2004-06-29 07:30:04 +00:00
|
|
|
continue;
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2007-09-20 10:50:06 +00:00
|
|
|
bTryToSplit = !bSplitError;
|
|
|
|
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
//To avoid oscillations the Follow must become valid now
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( GetFollow() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i80924#
|
2008-01-04 12:21:58 +00:00
|
|
|
// After a successful split assure that the first row
|
|
|
|
// is invalid. When graphics are present, this isn't hold.
|
|
|
|
// Note: defect i80924 could also be fixed, if it is
|
|
|
|
// assured, that <SwLayNotify::bLowersComplete> is only
|
|
|
|
// set, if all lower are valid *and* are correct laid out.
|
|
|
|
if ( !bSplitError && GetFollow()->GetLower() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
GetFollow()->GetLower()->InvalidatePos();
|
|
|
|
}
|
2007-09-27 08:06:51 +00:00
|
|
|
SWRECTFNX( GetFollow() )
|
2003-03-27 14:45:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
static sal_uInt8 nStack = 0;
|
2001-10-19 09:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( !StackHack::IsLocked() && nStack < 4 )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2001-10-19 09:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
++nStack;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
StackHack aHack;
|
2001-05-18 08:26:14 +00:00
|
|
|
delete pAccess;
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
GetFollow()->MakeAll();
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pAccess= new SwBorderAttrAccess( SwFrm::GetCache(), this );
|
2001-05-18 08:26:14 +00:00
|
|
|
pAttrs = pAccess->Get();
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
((SwTabFrm*)GetFollow())->SetLowersFormatted(sal_False);
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i43913# - lock follow table
|
2005-04-01 15:36:25 +00:00
|
|
|
// to avoid its formatting during the format of
|
|
|
|
// its content.
|
2006-05-05 07:40:53 +00:00
|
|
|
const bool bOldJoinLock = GetFollow()->IsJoinLocked();
|
2005-04-01 15:36:25 +00:00
|
|
|
GetFollow()->LockJoin();
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
::lcl_RecalcRow( static_cast<SwRowFrm&>(*GetFollow()->Lower()),
|
2007-09-27 08:06:51 +00:00
|
|
|
(GetFollow()->GetUpper()->Frm().*fnRectX->fnGetBottom)() );
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i43913#
|
|
|
|
// #i63632# Do not unlock the
|
2006-05-05 07:40:53 +00:00
|
|
|
// follow if it wasn't locked before.
|
|
|
|
if ( !bOldJoinLock )
|
|
|
|
GetFollow()->UnlockJoin();
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( !GetFollow()->GetFollow() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2003-09-19 09:56:35 +00:00
|
|
|
SwFrm* pNxt = ((SwFrm*)GetFollow())->FindNext();
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( pNxt )
|
2003-09-19 09:56:35 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// OD 26.08.2003 #i18103# - no formatting
|
|
|
|
// of found next frame, if its a follow
|
|
|
|
// section of the 'ColLocked' section,
|
|
|
|
// the follow table is in.
|
|
|
|
bool bCalcNxt = true;
|
|
|
|
if ( GetFollow()->IsInSct() && pNxt->IsSctFrm() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SwSectionFrm* pSct = GetFollow()->FindSctFrm();
|
|
|
|
if ( pSct->IsColLocked() &&
|
|
|
|
pSct->GetFollow() == pNxt )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
bCalcNxt = false;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( bCalcNxt )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
pNxt->Calc();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2001-10-19 09:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
--nStack;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if ( GetFollow() == GetNext() )
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
((SwTabFrm*)GetFollow())->MoveFwd( sal_True, sal_False );
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2004-06-29 07:30:04 +00:00
|
|
|
continue;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2006-03-09 13:09:00 +00:00
|
|
|
// Set to false again as early as possible.
|
|
|
|
bLastRowHasToMoveToFollow = false;
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if( IsInSct() && bMovedFwd && bMakePage && GetUpper()->IsColBodyFrm() &&
|
|
|
|
GetUpper()->GetUpper()->GetUpper()->IsSctFrm() &&
|
|
|
|
( GetUpper()->GetUpper()->GetPrev() || GetIndPrev() ) &&
|
|
|
|
((SwSectionFrm*)GetUpper()->GetUpper()->GetUpper())->MoveAllowed(this) )
|
2011-12-22 18:22:03 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
bMovedFwd = false;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i29771# Reset bTryToSplit flag on change of upper
|
2004-06-29 07:30:04 +00:00
|
|
|
const SwFrm* pOldUpper = GetUpper();
|
|
|
|
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
//Let's see if we find some place anywhere...
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
if ( !bMovedFwd && !MoveFwd( bMakePage, sal_False ) )
|
2011-12-22 18:22:03 +01:00
|
|
|
bMakePage = false;
|
2004-03-17 11:50:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i29771# Reset bSplitError flag on change of upper
|
2004-06-29 07:30:04 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( GetUpper() != pOldUpper )
|
2007-07-31 16:42:21 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2004-06-29 07:30:04 +00:00
|
|
|
bTryToSplit = true;
|
2007-07-31 16:42:21 +00:00
|
|
|
nUnSplitted = 5;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2004-06-29 07:30:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
SWREFRESHFN( this )
|
2011-12-22 18:22:03 +01:00
|
|
|
bCalcLowers = sal_True;
|
|
|
|
bMovedFwd = true;
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
aNotify.SetLowersComplete( sal_False );
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( IsFollow() )
|
2012-03-13 21:45:42 +07:00
|
|
|
{
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
//To avoid oscillations now invalid master should drop behind.
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
SwTabFrm *pTab = FindMaster();
|
|
|
|
if ( pTab->GetUpper() )
|
|
|
|
pTab->GetUpper()->Calc();
|
|
|
|
pTab->Calc();
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
pTab->SetLowersFormatted( sal_False );
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
//If my neighbour is my Follow at the same time, I'll swallow it up.
|
2004-03-17 11:50:18 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( ( GetNext() && GetNext() == GetFollow() ) || !GetLower() )
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( HasFollowFlowLine() )
|
2004-05-03 12:47:42 +00:00
|
|
|
RemoveFollowFlowLine();
|
|
|
|
if ( GetFollow() )
|
|
|
|
Join();
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( bMovedBwd && GetUpper() )
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
//During floating back the upper was animated to do a full repaint,
|
|
|
|
//we can now skip this after the whole back and forth floating.
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
GetUpper()->ResetCompletePaint();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( bCalcLowers && IsValid() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i44910# - format of lower frames unnecessary
|
2005-09-28 10:16:25 +00:00
|
|
|
// and can cause layout loops, if table doesn't fit and isn't
|
|
|
|
// allowed to split.
|
|
|
|
SwTwips nDistToUpperPrtBottom =
|
|
|
|
(Frm().*fnRect->fnBottomDist)( (GetUpper()->*fnRect->fnGetPrtBottom)());
|
|
|
|
if ( nDistToUpperPrtBottom >= 0 || bTryToSplit )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
lcl_RecalcTable( *this, 0, aNotify );
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
bLowersFormatted = sal_True;
|
|
|
|
bCalcLowers = sal_False;
|
2005-09-28 10:16:25 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-11-24 00:52:07 +01:00
|
|
|
#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 0
|
2005-09-28 10:16:25 +00:00
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
2011-03-12 11:51:35 +01:00
|
|
|
OSL_FAIL( "debug assertion: <SwTabFrm::MakeAll()> - format of table lowers suppressed by fix i44910" );
|
2005-09-28 10:16:25 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2013-02-09 11:35:20 +01:00
|
|
|
} //while ( !mbValidPos || !mbValidSize || !mbValidPrtArea )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
//If my direct predecessor is my master now, it can destroy me during the
|
|
|
|
//next best opportunity.
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( IsFollow() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SwFrm *pPre = GetPrev();
|
|
|
|
if ( pPre && pPre->IsTabFrm() && ((SwTabFrm*)pPre)->GetFollow() == this)
|
|
|
|
pPre->InvalidatePos();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
bCalcLowers = bONECalcLowers = sal_False;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
delete pAccess;
|
|
|
|
UnlockJoin();
|
2004-03-17 11:50:18 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( bMovedFwd || bMovedBwd || !bOldValidPos )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
aNotify.SetInvaKeep();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|* SwTabFrm::CalcFlyOffsets()
|
|
|
|
|*
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|* Description: Calculate the offsets arising because of FlyFrames
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|*************************************************************************/
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
sal_Bool SwTabFrm::CalcFlyOffsets( SwTwips& rUpper,
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
long& rLeftOffset,
|
|
|
|
long& rRightOffset ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
sal_Bool bInvalidatePrtArea = sal_False;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
const SwPageFrm *pPage = FindPageFrm();
|
|
|
|
const SwFlyFrm* pMyFly = FindFlyFrm();
|
2004-05-11 10:28:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// --> #108724# Page header/footer content doesn't have to wrap around
|
|
|
|
// floating screen objects
|
2007-07-18 13:45:30 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const IDocumentSettingAccess* pIDSA = GetFmt()->getIDocumentSettingAccess();
|
|
|
|
const bool bWrapAllowed = pIDSA->get(IDocumentSettingAccess::USE_FORMER_TEXT_WRAPPING) ||
|
2004-05-11 10:28:11 +00:00
|
|
|
( !IsInFtn() && 0 == FindFooterOrHeader() );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( pPage->GetSortedObjs() && bWrapAllowed )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
SWRECTFN( this )
|
2007-07-18 13:45:30 +00:00
|
|
|
const bool bConsiderWrapOnObjPos = pIDSA->get(IDocumentSettingAccess::CONSIDER_WRAP_ON_OBJECT_POSITION);
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
long nPrtPos = (Frm().*fnRect->fnGetTop)();
|
|
|
|
nPrtPos = (*fnRect->fnYInc)( nPrtPos, rUpper );
|
|
|
|
SwRect aRect( Frm() );
|
|
|
|
long nYDiff = (*fnRect->fnYDiff)( (Prt().*fnRect->fnGetTop)(), rUpper );
|
|
|
|
if( nYDiff > 0 )
|
|
|
|
(aRect.*fnRect->fnAddBottom)( -nYDiff );
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
for ( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < pPage->GetSortedObjs()->Count(); ++i )
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2004-08-02 13:13:28 +00:00
|
|
|
SwAnchoredObject* pAnchoredObj = (*pPage->GetSortedObjs())[i];
|
|
|
|
if ( pAnchoredObj->ISA(SwFlyFrm) )
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2004-08-02 13:13:28 +00:00
|
|
|
SwFlyFrm *pFly = static_cast<SwFlyFrm*>(pAnchoredObj);
|
|
|
|
const SwRect aFlyRect = pFly->GetObjRectWithSpaces();
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i26945# - correction of conditions,
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
// if Writer fly frame has to be considered:
|
|
|
|
// - no need to check, if top of Writer fly frame differs
|
2012-03-21 23:26:30 +01:00
|
|
|
// from FAR_AWAY, because its also check, if the Writer
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
// fly frame rectangle overlaps with <aRect>
|
|
|
|
// - no check, if bottom of anchor frame is prior the top of
|
|
|
|
// the table, because Writer fly frames can be negative positioned.
|
|
|
|
// - correct check, if the Writer fly frame is an lower of the
|
|
|
|
// table, because table lines/rows can split and a at-character
|
|
|
|
// anchored Writer fly frame could be positioned in the follow
|
|
|
|
// flow line.
|
|
|
|
// - add condition, that an existing anchor character text frame
|
|
|
|
// has to be on the same page as the table.
|
|
|
|
// E.g., it could happen, that the fly frame is still registered
|
|
|
|
// at the page frame, the table is on, but it's anchor character
|
|
|
|
// text frame has already changed its page.
|
|
|
|
const SwTxtFrm* pAnchorCharFrm = pFly->FindAnchorCharFrm();
|
2007-07-18 13:45:30 +00:00
|
|
|
bool bConsiderFly =
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i46807# - do not consider invalid
|
2005-04-12 11:06:20 +00:00
|
|
|
// Writer fly frames.
|
|
|
|
pFly->IsValid() &&
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
// fly anchored at character
|
|
|
|
pFly->IsFlyAtCntFrm() &&
|
|
|
|
// fly overlaps with corresponding table rectangle
|
|
|
|
aFlyRect.IsOver( aRect ) &&
|
|
|
|
// fly isn't lower of table and
|
|
|
|
// anchor character frame of fly isn't lower of table
|
|
|
|
( !IsAnLower( pFly ) &&
|
|
|
|
( !pAnchorCharFrm || !IsAnLower( pAnchorCharFrm ) ) ) &&
|
|
|
|
// table isn't lower of fly
|
|
|
|
!pFly->IsAnLower( this ) &&
|
|
|
|
// fly is lower of fly, the table is in
|
2011-04-18 12:37:38 -03:00
|
|
|
// #123274# - correction
|
2005-07-08 10:04:31 +00:00
|
|
|
// assure that fly isn't a lower of a fly, the table isn't in.
|
|
|
|
// E.g., a table in the body doesn't wrap around a graphic,
|
|
|
|
// which is inside a frame.
|
|
|
|
( ( !pMyFly ||
|
|
|
|
pMyFly->IsAnLower( pFly ) ) &&
|
|
|
|
pMyFly == pFly->GetAnchorFrmContainingAnchPos()->FindFlyFrm() ) &&
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
// anchor frame not on following page
|
|
|
|
pPage->GetPhyPageNum() >=
|
|
|
|
pFly->GetAnchorFrm()->FindPageFrm()->GetPhyPageNum() &&
|
|
|
|
// anchor character text frame on same page
|
|
|
|
( !pAnchorCharFrm ||
|
|
|
|
pAnchorCharFrm->FindPageFrm()->GetPhyPageNum() ==
|
2007-07-18 13:45:30 +00:00
|
|
|
pPage->GetPhyPageNum() );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( bConsiderFly )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
const SwFrm* pFlyHeaderFooterFrm = pFly->GetAnchorFrm()->FindFooterOrHeader();
|
|
|
|
const SwFrm* pThisHeaderFooterFrm = FindFooterOrHeader();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( pFlyHeaderFooterFrm != pThisHeaderFooterFrm &&
|
2011-04-18 12:37:38 -03:00
|
|
|
// #148493# If bConsiderWrapOnObjPos is set,
|
2007-07-18 13:45:30 +00:00
|
|
|
// we want to consider the fly if it is located in the header and
|
|
|
|
// the table is located in the body:
|
|
|
|
( !bConsiderWrapOnObjPos || 0 != pThisHeaderFooterFrm || !pFlyHeaderFooterFrm->IsHeaderFrm() ) )
|
|
|
|
bConsiderFly = false;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( bConsiderFly )
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
const SwFmtSurround &rSur = pFly->GetFmt()->GetSurround();
|
|
|
|
const SwFmtHoriOrient &rHori= pFly->GetFmt()->GetHoriOrient();
|
|
|
|
if ( SURROUND_NONE == rSur.GetSurround() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
long nBottom = (aFlyRect.*fnRect->fnGetBottom)();
|
|
|
|
if( (*fnRect->fnYDiff)( nPrtPos, nBottom ) < 0 )
|
|
|
|
nPrtPos = nBottom;
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
bInvalidatePrtArea = sal_True;
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( (SURROUND_RIGHT == rSur.GetSurround() ||
|
|
|
|
SURROUND_PARALLEL == rSur.GetSurround())&&
|
2007-09-27 08:06:51 +00:00
|
|
|
text::HoriOrientation::LEFT == rHori.GetHoriOrient() )
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
const long nWidth = (*fnRect->fnXDiff)(
|
|
|
|
(aFlyRect.*fnRect->fnGetRight)(),
|
2004-06-28 12:41:36 +00:00
|
|
|
(pFly->GetAnchorFrm()->Frm().*fnRect->fnGetLeft)() );
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
rLeftOffset = Max( rLeftOffset, nWidth );
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
bInvalidatePrtArea = sal_True;
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( (SURROUND_LEFT == rSur.GetSurround() ||
|
|
|
|
SURROUND_PARALLEL == rSur.GetSurround())&&
|
2007-09-27 08:06:51 +00:00
|
|
|
text::HoriOrientation::RIGHT == rHori.GetHoriOrient() )
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
const long nWidth = (*fnRect->fnXDiff)(
|
2004-06-28 12:41:36 +00:00
|
|
|
(pFly->GetAnchorFrm()->Frm().*fnRect->fnGetRight)(),
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
(aFlyRect.*fnRect->fnGetLeft)() );
|
|
|
|
rRightOffset = Max( rRightOffset, nWidth );
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
bInvalidatePrtArea = sal_True;
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
rUpper = (*fnRect->fnYDiff)( nPrtPos, (Frm().*fnRect->fnGetTop)() );
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return bInvalidatePrtArea;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|* SwTabFrm::Format()
|
|
|
|
|*
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|* Description: "Formats" the frame; Frm and PrtArea
|
|
|
|
|* The fixed size is not adjusted here.
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|*************************************************************************/
|
|
|
|
void SwTabFrm::Format( const SwBorderAttrs *pAttrs )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2010-11-25 17:08:45 +01:00
|
|
|
OSL_ENSURE( pAttrs, "TabFrm::Format, pAttrs ist 0." );
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
SWRECTFN( this )
|
2013-02-09 11:35:20 +01:00
|
|
|
if ( !mbValidSize )
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
long nDiff = (GetUpper()->Prt().*fnRect->fnGetWidth)() -
|
|
|
|
(Frm().*fnRect->fnGetWidth)();
|
|
|
|
if( nDiff )
|
2013-02-09 11:35:20 +01:00
|
|
|
(maFrm.*fnRect->fnAddRight)( nDiff );
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
//VarSize is always the height.
|
2012-03-13 13:58:46 +00:00
|
|
|
//For the upper/lower border the same rules apply as for cntfrms (see
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
//MakePrtArea() of those).
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SwTwips nUpper = CalcUpperSpace( pAttrs );
|
|
|
|
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
//We want to dodge the border. Two possibilities:
|
|
|
|
//1. There are borders with SurroundNone, dodge them completely
|
|
|
|
//2. There are borders which only float on the right or the left side and
|
|
|
|
// are right or left aligned, those set the minimum for the borders.
|
2001-01-19 13:25:49 +00:00
|
|
|
long nTmpRight = -1000000,
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
nLeftOffset = 0;
|
2001-01-19 13:25:49 +00:00
|
|
|
if( CalcFlyOffsets( nUpper, nLeftOffset, nTmpRight ) )
|
2013-02-09 11:35:20 +01:00
|
|
|
mbValidPrtArea = sal_False;
|
2001-01-19 13:25:49 +00:00
|
|
|
long nRightOffset = Max( 0L, nTmpRight );
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SwTwips nLower = pAttrs->CalcBottomLine();
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i29550#
|
2004-07-12 12:33:59 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( IsCollapsingBorders() )
|
|
|
|
nLower += GetBottomLineSize();
|
|
|
|
// <-- collapsing
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2013-02-09 11:35:20 +01:00
|
|
|
if ( !mbValidPrtArea )
|
|
|
|
{ mbValidPrtArea = sal_True;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
//The width of the PrtArea is given by the FrmFmt, the borders have to
|
|
|
|
//be set accordingly.
|
|
|
|
//Minimum borders are determined depending on margins and shadows.
|
|
|
|
//The borders are adjusted so that the PrtArea is aligned into the Frm
|
|
|
|
//according to the adjustment.
|
|
|
|
//If the adjustment is 0, the borders are set according to the border
|
|
|
|
//attributes.
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
const SwTwips nOldHeight = (Prt().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)();
|
2013-02-09 11:35:20 +01:00
|
|
|
const SwTwips nMax = (maFrm.*fnRect->fnGetWidth)();
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2003-04-17 09:44:41 +00:00
|
|
|
// OD 14.03.2003 #i9040# - adjust variable names.
|
|
|
|
const SwTwips nLeftLine = pAttrs->CalcLeftLine();
|
|
|
|
const SwTwips nRightLine = pAttrs->CalcRightLine();
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
//The width possibly is a percentage value. If the table is inside
|
|
|
|
//something else, the value applies to the surrounding. If it's the body
|
|
|
|
//the value applies to the screen width in the BrowseView.
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
const SwFmtFrmSize &rSz = GetFmt()->GetFrmSize();
|
2003-04-17 09:44:41 +00:00
|
|
|
// OD 14.03.2003 #i9040# - adjust variable name.
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
const SwTwips nWishedTableWidth = CalcRel( rSz, sal_True );
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-11-30 08:49:55 +09:00
|
|
|
bool bCheckBrowseWidth = false;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2003-04-17 09:44:41 +00:00
|
|
|
// OD 14.03.2003 #i9040# - insert new variables for left/right spacing.
|
|
|
|
SwTwips nLeftSpacing = 0;
|
|
|
|
SwTwips nRightSpacing = 0;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
switch ( GetFmt()->GetHoriOrient().GetHoriOrient() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2007-09-27 08:06:51 +00:00
|
|
|
case text::HoriOrientation::LEFT:
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2003-04-17 09:44:41 +00:00
|
|
|
// left indent:
|
|
|
|
nLeftSpacing = nLeftLine + nLeftOffset;
|
|
|
|
// OD 06.03.2003 #i9040# - correct calculation of right indent:
|
|
|
|
// - Consider right indent given by right line attributes.
|
|
|
|
// - Consider negative right indent.
|
|
|
|
// wished right indent determined by wished table width and
|
|
|
|
// left offset given by surround fly frames on the left:
|
|
|
|
const SwTwips nWishRight = nMax - nWishedTableWidth - nLeftOffset;
|
|
|
|
if ( nRightOffset > 0 )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// surrounding fly frames on the right
|
|
|
|
// -> right indent is maximun of given right offset
|
|
|
|
// and wished right offset.
|
|
|
|
nRightSpacing = nRightLine + Max( nRightOffset, nWishRight );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// no surrounding fly frames on the right
|
|
|
|
// If intrinsic right indent (intrinsic means not considering
|
|
|
|
// determined left indent) is negative,
|
|
|
|
// then hold this intrinsic indent,
|
|
|
|
// otherwise non negative wished right indent is hold.
|
|
|
|
nRightSpacing = nRightLine +
|
|
|
|
( ( (nWishRight+nLeftOffset) < 0 ) ?
|
|
|
|
(nWishRight+nLeftOffset) :
|
|
|
|
Max( 0L, nWishRight ) );
|
|
|
|
}
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2007-09-27 08:06:51 +00:00
|
|
|
case text::HoriOrientation::RIGHT:
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2003-04-17 09:44:41 +00:00
|
|
|
// right indent:
|
|
|
|
nRightSpacing = nRightLine + nRightOffset;
|
|
|
|
// OD 06.03.2003 #i9040# - correct calculation of left indent:
|
|
|
|
// - Consider left indent given by left line attributes.
|
|
|
|
// - Consider negative left indent.
|
|
|
|
// wished left indent determined by wished table width and
|
|
|
|
// right offset given by surrounding fyl frames on the right:
|
|
|
|
const SwTwips nWishLeft = nMax - nWishedTableWidth - nRightOffset;
|
|
|
|
if ( nLeftOffset > 0 )
|
2002-08-23 10:24:36 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2003-04-17 09:44:41 +00:00
|
|
|
// surrounding fly frames on the left
|
|
|
|
// -> right indent is maximun of given left offset
|
|
|
|
// and wished left offset.
|
|
|
|
nLeftSpacing = nLeftLine + Max( nLeftOffset, nWishLeft );
|
2002-08-23 10:24:36 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
2003-04-17 09:44:41 +00:00
|
|
|
// no surrounding fly frames on the left
|
|
|
|
// If intrinsic left indent (intrinsic = not considering
|
|
|
|
// determined right indent) is negative,
|
|
|
|
// then hold this intrinsic indent,
|
|
|
|
// otherwise non negative wished left indent is hold.
|
|
|
|
nLeftSpacing = nLeftLine +
|
|
|
|
( ( (nWishLeft+nRightOffset) < 0 ) ?
|
|
|
|
(nWishLeft+nRightOffset) :
|
|
|
|
Max( 0L, nWishLeft ) );
|
2002-08-23 10:24:36 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2007-09-27 08:06:51 +00:00
|
|
|
case text::HoriOrientation::CENTER:
|
2003-04-17 09:44:41 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// OD 07.03.2003 #i9040# - consider left/right line attribute.
|
|
|
|
// OD 10.03.2003 #i9040# -
|
|
|
|
const SwTwips nCenterSpacing = ( nMax - nWishedTableWidth ) / 2;
|
|
|
|
nLeftSpacing = nLeftLine +
|
|
|
|
( (nLeftOffset > 0) ?
|
|
|
|
Max( nCenterSpacing, nLeftOffset ) :
|
|
|
|
nCenterSpacing );
|
|
|
|
nRightSpacing = nRightLine +
|
|
|
|
( (nRightOffset > 0) ?
|
|
|
|
Max( nCenterSpacing, nRightOffset ) :
|
|
|
|
nCenterSpacing );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2007-09-27 08:06:51 +00:00
|
|
|
case text::HoriOrientation::FULL:
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
//This things grows over the whole width.
|
|
|
|
//Only the free space needed for the border is taken into
|
|
|
|
//account. The attribute values of LRSpace are ignored
|
|
|
|
//intentionally.
|
2012-11-30 08:49:55 +09:00
|
|
|
bCheckBrowseWidth = true;
|
2003-04-17 09:44:41 +00:00
|
|
|
nLeftSpacing = nLeftLine + nLeftOffset;
|
|
|
|
nRightSpacing = nRightLine + nRightOffset;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2007-09-27 08:06:51 +00:00
|
|
|
case text::HoriOrientation::NONE:
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
//The border are defined by the border attribute.
|
2003-04-17 09:44:41 +00:00
|
|
|
nLeftSpacing = pAttrs->CalcLeft( this );
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if( nLeftOffset )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2003-04-17 09:44:41 +00:00
|
|
|
// OD 07.03.2003 #i9040# - surround fly frames only, if
|
|
|
|
// they overlap with the table.
|
|
|
|
// Thus, take maximun of left spacing and left offset.
|
|
|
|
// OD 10.03.2003 #i9040# - consider left line attribute.
|
|
|
|
nLeftSpacing = Max( nLeftSpacing, ( nLeftOffset + nLeftLine ) );
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2003-03-27 14:45:43 +00:00
|
|
|
// OD 23.01.2003 #106895# - add 1st param to <SwBorderAttrs::CalcRight(..)>
|
2003-04-17 09:44:41 +00:00
|
|
|
nRightSpacing = pAttrs->CalcRight( this );
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if( nRightOffset )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2003-04-17 09:44:41 +00:00
|
|
|
// OD 07.03.2003 #i9040# - surround fly frames only, if
|
|
|
|
// they overlap with the table.
|
|
|
|
// Thus, take maximun of right spacing and right offset.
|
|
|
|
// OD 10.03.2003 #i9040# - consider right line attribute.
|
|
|
|
nRightSpacing = Max( nRightSpacing, ( nRightOffset + nRightLine ) );
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2007-09-27 08:06:51 +00:00
|
|
|
case text::HoriOrientation::LEFT_AND_WIDTH:
|
2003-04-17 09:44:41 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
//Linker Rand und die Breite zaehlen (Word-Spezialitaet)
|
2003-04-17 09:44:41 +00:00
|
|
|
// OD 10.03.2003 #i9040# - no width alignment in online mode.
|
2012-11-30 08:49:55 +09:00
|
|
|
//bCheckBrowseWidth = true;
|
2003-04-17 09:44:41 +00:00
|
|
|
nLeftSpacing = pAttrs->CalcLeft( this );
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if( nLeftOffset )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2003-04-17 09:44:41 +00:00
|
|
|
// OD 10.03.2003 #i9040# - surround fly frames only, if
|
|
|
|
// they overlap with the table.
|
|
|
|
// Thus, take maximun of right spacing and right offset.
|
|
|
|
// OD 10.03.2003 #i9040# - consider left line attribute.
|
|
|
|
nLeftSpacing = Max( nLeftSpacing, ( pAttrs->CalcLeftLine() + nLeftOffset ) );
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2003-04-17 09:44:41 +00:00
|
|
|
// OD 10.03.2003 #i9040# - consider right and left line attribute.
|
|
|
|
const SwTwips nWishRight =
|
|
|
|
nMax - (nLeftSpacing-pAttrs->CalcLeftLine()) - nWishedTableWidth;
|
|
|
|
nRightSpacing = nRightLine +
|
|
|
|
( (nRightOffset > 0) ?
|
|
|
|
Max( nWishRight, nRightOffset ) :
|
|
|
|
nWishRight );
|
|
|
|
}
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
2011-03-19 14:13:18 +01:00
|
|
|
OSL_FAIL( "Ungueltige orientation fuer Table." );
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2004-08-02 12:08:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i26250# - extend bottom printing area, if table
|
2004-08-02 12:08:05 +00:00
|
|
|
// is last content inside a table cell.
|
2006-08-14 15:29:51 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( GetFmt()->getIDocumentSettingAccess()->get(IDocumentSettingAccess::ADD_PARA_SPACING_TO_TABLE_CELLS) &&
|
2004-08-02 12:08:05 +00:00
|
|
|
GetUpper()->IsInTab() && !GetIndNext() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nLower += pAttrs->GetULSpace().GetLower();
|
|
|
|
}
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
(this->*fnRect->fnSetYMargins)( nUpper, nLower );
|
2003-04-17 09:44:41 +00:00
|
|
|
if( (nMax - MINLAY) < (nLeftSpacing + nRightSpacing) )
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
(this->*fnRect->fnSetXMargins)( 0, 0 );
|
|
|
|
else
|
2003-04-17 09:44:41 +00:00
|
|
|
(this->*fnRect->fnSetXMargins)( nLeftSpacing, nRightSpacing );
|
2003-03-27 14:45:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-06-13 15:22:56 +02:00
|
|
|
ViewShell *pSh = getRootFrm()->GetCurrShell();
|
2006-08-14 15:29:51 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( bCheckBrowseWidth &&
|
2010-06-13 15:22:56 +02:00
|
|
|
pSh && pSh->GetViewOptions()->getBrowseMode() &&
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
GetUpper()->IsPageBodyFrm() && // only PageBodyFrms and not ColBodyFrms
|
2010-06-13 15:22:56 +02:00
|
|
|
pSh->VisArea().Width() )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
//Don't overlap the edge of the visible area.
|
|
|
|
//The page width can be bigger because objects with
|
|
|
|
//"over-size" are possible (RootFrm::ImplCalcBrowseWidth())
|
2008-02-19 12:46:39 +00:00
|
|
|
long nWidth = pSh->GetBrowseWidth();
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
nWidth -= Prt().Left();
|
|
|
|
nWidth -= pAttrs->CalcRightLine();
|
|
|
|
Prt().Width( Min( nWidth, Prt().Width() ) );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( nOldHeight != (Prt().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)() )
|
2013-02-09 11:35:20 +01:00
|
|
|
mbValidSize = sal_False;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2013-02-09 11:35:20 +01:00
|
|
|
if ( !mbValidSize )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2013-02-09 11:35:20 +01:00
|
|
|
mbValidSize = sal_True;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
//The size is defined by the content plus the borders.
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
SwTwips nRemaining = 0, nDiff;
|
|
|
|
SwFrm *pFrm = pLower;
|
|
|
|
while ( pFrm )
|
2003-03-27 14:45:43 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nRemaining += (pFrm->Frm().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)();
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
pFrm = pFrm->GetNext();
|
|
|
|
}
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
//And now add the borders
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
nRemaining += nUpper + nLower;
|
|
|
|
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
nDiff = (Frm().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)() - nRemaining;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( nDiff > 0 )
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
Shrink( nDiff );
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
else if ( nDiff < 0 )
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
Grow( -nDiff );
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|* SwTabFrm::GrowFrm()
|
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|*************************************************************************/
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
SwTwips SwTabFrm::GrowFrm( SwTwips nDist, sal_Bool bTst, sal_Bool bInfo )
|
2001-10-19 09:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SWRECTFN( this )
|
|
|
|
SwTwips nHeight =(Frm().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)();
|
|
|
|
if( nHeight > 0 && nDist > ( LONG_MAX - nHeight ) )
|
|
|
|
nDist = LONG_MAX - nHeight;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( bTst && !IsRestrictTableGrowth() )
|
|
|
|
return nDist;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( GetUpper() )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
SwRect aOldFrm( Frm() );
|
|
|
|
|
2004-02-16 10:58:55 +00:00
|
|
|
//Der Upper wird nur soweit wie notwendig gegrowed. In nReal wird erstmal
|
|
|
|
//die bereits zur Verfuegung stehende Strecke bereitgestellt.
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//The upper only grows as far as needed. nReal provides the distance
|
|
|
|
//which is already available.
|
2004-02-16 10:58:55 +00:00
|
|
|
SwTwips nReal = (GetUpper()->Prt().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)();
|
|
|
|
SwFrm *pFrm = GetUpper()->Lower();
|
|
|
|
while ( pFrm && GetFollow() != pFrm )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2004-02-16 10:58:55 +00:00
|
|
|
nReal -= (pFrm->Frm().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)();
|
|
|
|
pFrm = pFrm->GetNext();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( nReal < nDist )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2011-01-09 21:44:27 +00:00
|
|
|
long nTmp = GetUpper()->Grow( nDist - ( nReal > 0 ? nReal : 0), bTst, bInfo );
|
2004-06-28 12:41:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2004-02-16 10:58:55 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( IsRestrictTableGrowth() )
|
2002-05-03 11:40:10 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
nTmp = Min( nDist, nReal + nTmp );
|
|
|
|
nDist = nTmp < 0 ? 0 : nTmp;
|
2002-05-03 11:40:10 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2001-10-19 09:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !bTst )
|
2001-10-19 09:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
(Frm().*fnRect->fnAddBottom)( nDist );
|
|
|
|
|
2010-06-13 15:22:56 +02:00
|
|
|
SwRootFrm *pRootFrm = getRootFrm();
|
2002-05-03 11:40:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if( pRootFrm && pRootFrm->IsAnyShellAccessible() &&
|
|
|
|
pRootFrm->GetCurrShell() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
pRootFrm->GetCurrShell()->Imp()->MoveAccessibleFrm( this, aOldFrm );
|
|
|
|
}
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( !bTst && ( nDist || IsRestrictTableGrowth() ) )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
SwPageFrm *pPage = FindPageFrm();
|
|
|
|
if ( GetNext() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
GetNext()->_InvalidatePos();
|
|
|
|
if ( GetNext()->IsCntntFrm() )
|
|
|
|
GetNext()->InvalidatePage( pPage );
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i28701# - Due to the new object positioning the
|
2004-08-02 13:13:28 +00:00
|
|
|
// frame on the next page/column can flow backward (e.g. it was moved
|
|
|
|
// forward due to the positioning of its objects ). Thus, invalivate this
|
|
|
|
// next frame, if document compatibility option 'Consider wrapping style
|
|
|
|
// influence on object positioning' is ON.
|
2006-08-14 15:29:51 +00:00
|
|
|
else if ( GetFmt()->getIDocumentSettingAccess()->get(IDocumentSettingAccess::CONSIDER_WRAP_ON_OBJECT_POSITION) )
|
2004-08-02 13:13:28 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
InvalidateNextPos();
|
|
|
|
}
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
_InvalidateAll();
|
|
|
|
InvalidatePage( pPage );
|
|
|
|
SetComplete();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const SvxGraphicPosition ePos = GetFmt()->GetBackground().GetGraphicPos();
|
|
|
|
if ( GPOS_NONE != ePos && GPOS_TILED != ePos )
|
|
|
|
SetCompletePaint();
|
|
|
|
}
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
return nDist;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|* SwTabFrm::Modify()
|
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|*************************************************************************/
|
2010-12-17 09:02:23 +01:00
|
|
|
void SwTabFrm::Modify( const SfxPoolItem* pOld, const SfxPoolItem * pNew )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
sal_uInt8 nInvFlags = 0;
|
2012-11-30 08:49:55 +09:00
|
|
|
bool bAttrSetChg = pNew && RES_ATTRSET_CHG == pNew->Which();
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if( bAttrSetChg )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SfxItemIter aNIter( *((SwAttrSetChg*)pNew)->GetChgSet() );
|
|
|
|
SfxItemIter aOIter( *((SwAttrSetChg*)pOld)->GetChgSet() );
|
|
|
|
SwAttrSetChg aOldSet( *(SwAttrSetChg*)pOld );
|
|
|
|
SwAttrSetChg aNewSet( *(SwAttrSetChg*)pNew );
|
2012-11-30 08:49:55 +09:00
|
|
|
while( true )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
_UpdateAttr( (SfxPoolItem*)aOIter.GetCurItem(),
|
|
|
|
(SfxPoolItem*)aNIter.GetCurItem(), nInvFlags,
|
|
|
|
&aOldSet, &aNewSet );
|
|
|
|
if( aNIter.IsAtEnd() )
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
aNIter.NextItem();
|
|
|
|
aOIter.NextItem();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( aOldSet.Count() || aNewSet.Count() )
|
|
|
|
SwLayoutFrm::Modify( &aOldSet, &aNewSet );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
_UpdateAttr( pOld, pNew, nInvFlags );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( nInvFlags != 0 )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SwPageFrm *pPage = FindPageFrm();
|
|
|
|
InvalidatePage( pPage );
|
|
|
|
if ( nInvFlags & 0x02 )
|
|
|
|
_InvalidatePrt();
|
|
|
|
if ( nInvFlags & 0x40 )
|
|
|
|
_InvalidatePos();
|
|
|
|
SwFrm *pTmp;
|
|
|
|
if ( 0 != (pTmp = GetIndNext()) )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( nInvFlags & 0x04 )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
pTmp->_InvalidatePrt();
|
|
|
|
if ( pTmp->IsCntntFrm() )
|
|
|
|
pTmp->InvalidatePage( pPage );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( nInvFlags & 0x10 )
|
|
|
|
pTmp->SetCompletePaint();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( nInvFlags & 0x08 && 0 != (pTmp = GetPrev()) )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
pTmp->_InvalidatePrt();
|
|
|
|
if ( pTmp->IsCntntFrm() )
|
|
|
|
pTmp->InvalidatePage( pPage );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( nInvFlags & 0x20 )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( pPage && pPage->GetUpper() && !IsFollow() )
|
|
|
|
((SwRootFrm*)pPage->GetUpper())->InvalidateBrowseWidth();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( nInvFlags & 0x80 )
|
|
|
|
InvalidateNextPos();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-12-17 09:02:23 +01:00
|
|
|
void SwTabFrm::_UpdateAttr( const SfxPoolItem *pOld, const SfxPoolItem *pNew,
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
sal_uInt8 &rInvFlags,
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
SwAttrSetChg *pOldSet, SwAttrSetChg *pNewSet )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2012-11-30 08:49:55 +09:00
|
|
|
bool bClear = true;
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
const sal_uInt16 nWhich = pOld ? pOld->Which() : pNew ? pNew->Which() : 0;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
switch( nWhich )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
case RES_TBLHEADLINECHG:
|
|
|
|
if ( IsFollow() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2004-05-03 12:47:42 +00:00
|
|
|
// Delete remaining headlines:
|
2007-09-27 08:06:51 +00:00
|
|
|
SwRowFrm* pLowerRow = 0;
|
|
|
|
while ( 0 != ( pLowerRow = (SwRowFrm*)Lower() ) && pLowerRow->IsRepeatedHeadline() )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2007-09-27 08:06:51 +00:00
|
|
|
pLowerRow->Cut();
|
|
|
|
delete pLowerRow;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2004-05-03 12:47:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// insert new headlines
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
const sal_uInt16 nNewRepeat = GetTable()->GetRowsToRepeat();
|
|
|
|
for ( sal_uInt16 nIdx = 0; nIdx < nNewRepeat; ++nIdx )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2012-11-26 18:52:32 +09:00
|
|
|
bDontCreateObjects = true; //frmtool
|
2011-02-09 15:55:27 +01:00
|
|
|
SwRowFrm* pHeadline = new SwRowFrm( *GetTable()->GetTabLines()[ nIdx ], this );
|
2004-05-03 12:47:42 +00:00
|
|
|
pHeadline->SetRepeatedHeadline( true );
|
2012-11-26 18:52:32 +09:00
|
|
|
bDontCreateObjects = false;
|
2007-09-27 08:06:51 +00:00
|
|
|
pHeadline->Paste( this, pLowerRow );
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2004-05-03 12:47:42 +00:00
|
|
|
rInvFlags |= 0x02;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case RES_FRM_SIZE:
|
|
|
|
case RES_HORI_ORIENT:
|
|
|
|
rInvFlags |= 0x22;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
case RES_PAGEDESC: //Attribute changes (on/off)
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( IsInDocBody() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
rInvFlags |= 0x40;
|
|
|
|
SwPageFrm *pPage = FindPageFrm();
|
|
|
|
if ( !GetPrev() )
|
|
|
|
CheckPageDescs( pPage );
|
|
|
|
if ( pPage && GetFmt()->GetPageDesc().GetNumOffset() )
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
((SwRootFrm*)pPage->GetUpper())->SetVirtPageNum( sal_True );
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
SwDocPosUpdate aMsgHnt( pPage->Frm().Top() );
|
|
|
|
GetFmt()->GetDoc()->UpdatePageFlds( &aMsgHnt );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case RES_BREAK:
|
|
|
|
rInvFlags |= 0xC0;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case RES_LAYOUT_SPLIT:
|
|
|
|
if ( !IsFollow() )
|
|
|
|
rInvFlags |= 0x40;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2002-06-24 08:37:40 +00:00
|
|
|
case RES_FRAMEDIR :
|
|
|
|
SetDerivedR2L( sal_False );
|
|
|
|
CheckDirChange();
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2004-07-12 12:33:59 +00:00
|
|
|
case RES_COLLAPSING_BORDERS :
|
|
|
|
rInvFlags |= 0x02;
|
|
|
|
lcl_InvalidateAllLowersPrt( this );
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
case RES_UL_SPACE:
|
|
|
|
rInvFlags |= 0x1C;
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
/* no break here */
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
2012-11-30 08:49:55 +09:00
|
|
|
bClear = false;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( bClear )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( pOldSet || pNewSet )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( pOldSet )
|
|
|
|
pOldSet->ClearItem( nWhich );
|
|
|
|
if ( pNewSet )
|
|
|
|
pNewSet->ClearItem( nWhich );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
SwLayoutFrm::Modify( pOld, pNew );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|* SwTabFrm::GetInfo()
|
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|*************************************************************************/
|
2012-11-07 10:56:27 +09:00
|
|
|
bool SwTabFrm::GetInfo( SfxPoolItem &rHnt ) const
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2004-10-22 07:13:24 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( RES_VIRTPAGENUM_INFO == rHnt.Which() && IsInDocBody() && !IsFollow() )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SwVirtPageNumInfo &rInfo = (SwVirtPageNumInfo&)rHnt;
|
|
|
|
const SwPageFrm *pPage = FindPageFrm();
|
|
|
|
if ( pPage )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( pPage == rInfo.GetOrigPage() && !GetPrev() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
//Here it should be (can temporary be different, should we be
|
|
|
|
// concerned about this?)
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
rInfo.SetInfo( pPage, this );
|
2012-11-07 10:56:27 +09:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( pPage->GetPhyPageNum() < rInfo.GetOrigPage()->GetPhyPageNum() &&
|
|
|
|
(!rInfo.GetPage() || pPage->GetPhyPageNum() > rInfo.GetPage()->GetPhyPageNum()))
|
|
|
|
{
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
//This could be the one.
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
rInfo.SetInfo( pPage, this );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2012-11-07 10:56:27 +09:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|* SwTabFrm::FindLastCntnt()
|
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|*************************************************************************/
|
|
|
|
SwCntntFrm *SwTabFrm::FindLastCntnt()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SwFrm *pRet = pLower;
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
while ( pRet && !pRet->IsCntntFrm() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SwFrm *pOld = pRet;
|
2002-05-13 12:30:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SwFrm *pTmp = pRet; // To skip empty section frames
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
while ( pRet->GetNext() )
|
2002-05-13 12:30:49 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
pRet = pRet->GetNext();
|
2002-05-13 12:30:49 +00:00
|
|
|
if( !pRet->IsSctFrm() || ((SwSectionFrm*)pRet)->GetSection() )
|
|
|
|
pTmp = pRet;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pRet = pTmp;
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( pRet->GetLower() )
|
|
|
|
pRet = pRet->GetLower();
|
|
|
|
if ( pRet == pOld )
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
// Check all other columns if there is a column based section with
|
|
|
|
// an empty last column at the end of the last line - this is done
|
|
|
|
// by SwSectionFrm::FindLastCntnt
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if( pRet->IsColBodyFrm() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2011-11-24 00:52:07 +01:00
|
|
|
#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 0
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
SwSectionFrm* pSect = pRet->FindSctFrm();
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
OSL_ENSURE( pSect, "Where does this column come fron?");
|
|
|
|
OSL_ENSURE( IsAnLower( pSect ), "Splited cell?" );
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
return pRet->FindSctFrm()->FindLastCntnt();
|
|
|
|
}
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2004-06-29 07:30:04 +00:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// pRet may be a cell frame without a lower (cell has been split).
|
|
|
|
// We have to find the last content the hard way:
|
|
|
|
//
|
2010-11-25 17:08:45 +01:00
|
|
|
OSL_ENSURE( pRet->IsCellFrm(), "SwTabFrm::FindLastCntnt failed" );
|
2004-06-29 07:30:04 +00:00
|
|
|
const SwFrm* pRow = pRet->GetUpper();
|
|
|
|
while ( pRow && !pRow->GetUpper()->IsTabFrm() )
|
|
|
|
pRow = pRow->GetUpper();
|
|
|
|
SwCntntFrm* pCntntFrm = ((SwLayoutFrm*)pRow)->ContainsCntnt();
|
|
|
|
pRet = 0;
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2004-06-29 07:30:04 +00:00
|
|
|
while ( pCntntFrm && ((SwLayoutFrm*)pRow)->IsAnLower( pCntntFrm ) )
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2004-06-29 07:30:04 +00:00
|
|
|
pRet = pCntntFrm;
|
|
|
|
pCntntFrm = pCntntFrm->GetNextCntntFrm();
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2004-06-29 07:30:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2004-01-07 15:33:49 +00:00
|
|
|
// #112929# There actually is a situation, which results in pRet = 0:
|
|
|
|
// Insert frame, insert table via text <-> table. This gives you a frame
|
|
|
|
// containing a table without any other content frames. Split the table
|
|
|
|
// and undo the splitting. This operation gives us a table frame without
|
|
|
|
// a lower.
|
|
|
|
if ( pRet )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
while ( pRet->GetNext() )
|
|
|
|
pRet = pRet->GetNext();
|
2004-01-07 15:33:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if( pRet->IsSctFrm() )
|
|
|
|
pRet = ((SwSectionFrm*)pRet)->FindLastCntnt();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
return (SwCntntFrm*)pRet;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|* SwTabFrm::ShouldBwdMoved()
|
|
|
|
|*
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
|* Description Return value defines if the frm needs to be relocated
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|*************************************************************************/
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
sal_Bool SwTabFrm::ShouldBwdMoved( SwLayoutFrm *pNewUpper, sal_Bool, sal_Bool &rReformat )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
rReformat = sal_False;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( (SwFlowFrm::IsMoveBwdJump() || !IsPrevObjMove()) )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
//Floating back Frm's is quite time consuming unfortunately.
|
|
|
|
//Most often the location where the Frm wants to float to has the same
|
|
|
|
//FixSize as the Frm itself. In such a situation it's easy to check if
|
|
|
|
//the Frm will find enough space for its VarSize, if this is not the
|
|
|
|
//case, the relocation can be skipped.
|
|
|
|
//Checking if the Frm will find enough space is done by the Frm itself,
|
|
|
|
//this also takes the possibility of splitting the Frm into account.
|
|
|
|
//If the FixSize is different or Flys are involved (at the old or the
|
|
|
|
//new position) the whole checks don't make sense at all, the Frm then
|
|
|
|
//needs to be relocated tentatively (if a bit of space is available).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//The FixSize of the surrounding which contain tables is always the
|
|
|
|
//width.
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SwPageFrm *pOldPage = FindPageFrm(),
|
|
|
|
*pNewPage = pNewUpper->FindPageFrm();
|
2012-11-30 08:49:55 +09:00
|
|
|
bool bMoveAnyway = false;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
SwTwips nSpace = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
SWRECTFN( this )
|
|
|
|
if ( !SwFlowFrm::IsMoveBwdJump() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
long nOldWidth = (GetUpper()->Prt().*fnRect->fnGetWidth)();
|
|
|
|
SWRECTFNX( pNewUpper );
|
|
|
|
long nNewWidth = (pNewUpper->Prt().*fnRectX->fnGetWidth)();
|
|
|
|
if( Abs( nNewWidth - nOldWidth ) < 2 )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2012-11-30 08:49:55 +09:00
|
|
|
if( !( bMoveAnyway = (BwdMoveNecessary( pOldPage, Frm() ) > 1) ) )
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SwRect aRect( pNewUpper->Prt() );
|
|
|
|
aRect.Pos() += pNewUpper->Frm().Pos();
|
|
|
|
const SwFrm *pPrevFrm = pNewUpper->Lower();
|
2005-10-27 15:02:40 +00:00
|
|
|
while ( pPrevFrm && pPrevFrm != this )
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
(aRect.*fnRectX->fnSetTop)( (pPrevFrm->Frm().*fnRectX->
|
|
|
|
fnGetBottom)() );
|
|
|
|
pPrevFrm = pPrevFrm->GetNext();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bMoveAnyway = BwdMoveNecessary( pNewPage, aRect) > 1;
|
2006-02-03 16:18:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i54861# Due to changes made in PrepareMake,
|
2006-02-03 16:18:25 +00:00
|
|
|
// the tabfrm may not have a correct position. Therefore
|
|
|
|
// it is possible that pNewUpper->Prt().Height == 0. In this
|
|
|
|
// case the above calculation of nSpace might give wrong
|
|
|
|
// results and we really do not want to MoveBackwrd into a
|
|
|
|
// 0 height frame. If nTmpSpace is already <= 0, we take this
|
|
|
|
// value:
|
|
|
|
const SwTwips nTmpSpace = (aRect.*fnRectX->fnGetHeight)();
|
|
|
|
if ( (pNewUpper->Prt().*fnRectX->fnGetHeight)() > 0 || nTmpSpace <= 0 )
|
|
|
|
nSpace = nTmpSpace;
|
|
|
|
|
2010-06-13 15:22:56 +02:00
|
|
|
const ViewShell *pSh = getRootFrm()->GetCurrShell();
|
|
|
|
if( pSh && pSh->GetViewOptions()->getBrowseMode() )
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
nSpace += pNewUpper->Grow( LONG_MAX, sal_True );
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if( !bLockBackMove )
|
2012-11-30 08:49:55 +09:00
|
|
|
bMoveAnyway = true;
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if( !bLockBackMove )
|
2012-11-30 08:49:55 +09:00
|
|
|
bMoveAnyway = true;
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( bMoveAnyway )
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
return rReformat = sal_True;
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
else if ( !bLockBackMove && nSpace > 0 )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i26945# - check, if follow flow line
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
// contains frame, which are moved forward due to its object
|
|
|
|
// positioning.
|
|
|
|
SwRowFrm* pFirstRow = GetFirstNonHeadlineRow();
|
|
|
|
if ( pFirstRow && pFirstRow->IsInFollowFlowRow() &&
|
|
|
|
SwLayouter::DoesRowContainMovedFwdFrm(
|
|
|
|
*(pFirstRow->GetFmt()->GetDoc()),
|
|
|
|
*(pFirstRow) ) )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
return sal_False;
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2004-08-02 12:08:05 +00:00
|
|
|
SwTwips nTmpHeight = CalcHeightOfFirstContentLine();
|
2005-01-31 12:56:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2011-04-18 12:37:38 -03:00
|
|
|
// #118840#
|
2005-01-31 12:56:05 +00:00
|
|
|
// For some mysterious reason, I changed the good old
|
|
|
|
// 'return nHeight <= nSpace' to 'return nTmpHeight < nSpace'.
|
|
|
|
// This obviously results in problems with table frames in
|
|
|
|
// sections. Remember: Every twip is sacred.
|
|
|
|
return nTmpHeight <= nSpace;
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
return sal_False;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|* SwTabFrm::Cut()
|
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|*************************************************************************/
|
|
|
|
void SwTabFrm::Cut()
|
|
|
|
{
|
2010-11-25 17:08:45 +01:00
|
|
|
OSL_ENSURE( GetUpper(), "Cut ohne Upper()." );
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SwPageFrm *pPage = FindPageFrm();
|
|
|
|
InvalidatePage( pPage );
|
|
|
|
SwFrm *pFrm = GetNext();
|
|
|
|
if( pFrm )
|
2012-03-13 22:05:55 +07:00
|
|
|
{
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
//The old follower eventually calculated a margin to the predecessor
|
|
|
|
//which is obsolete now as it became the first one
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
pFrm->_InvalidatePrt();
|
|
|
|
pFrm->_InvalidatePos();
|
|
|
|
if ( pFrm->IsCntntFrm() )
|
|
|
|
pFrm->InvalidatePage( pPage );
|
|
|
|
if( IsInSct() && !GetPrev() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SwSectionFrm* pSct = FindSctFrm();
|
|
|
|
if( !pSct->IsFollow() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
pSct->_InvalidatePrt();
|
|
|
|
pSct->InvalidatePage( pPage );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
InvalidateNextPos();
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
//Someone has to do the retouch: predecessor or upper
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( 0 != (pFrm = GetPrev()) )
|
|
|
|
{ pFrm->SetRetouche();
|
|
|
|
pFrm->Prepare( PREP_WIDOWS_ORPHANS );
|
|
|
|
pFrm->_InvalidatePos();
|
|
|
|
if ( pFrm->IsCntntFrm() )
|
|
|
|
pFrm->InvalidatePage( pPage );
|
|
|
|
}
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
//If I am (was) the only FlowFrm in my own upper, it has to do
|
|
|
|
//the retouch. Moreover it has to do the retouch.
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{ SwRootFrm *pRoot = (SwRootFrm*)pPage->GetUpper();
|
|
|
|
pRoot->SetSuperfluous();
|
|
|
|
GetUpper()->SetCompletePaint();
|
|
|
|
if( IsInSct() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SwSectionFrm* pSct = FindSctFrm();
|
|
|
|
if( !pSct->IsFollow() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
pSct->_InvalidatePrt();
|
|
|
|
pSct->InvalidatePage( pPage );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
//First remove, then shrink the upper.
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
SwLayoutFrm *pUp = GetUpper();
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
SWRECTFN( this )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
Remove();
|
|
|
|
if ( pUp )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
OSL_ENSURE( !pUp->IsFtnFrm(), "Table in Footnote." );
|
2003-03-28 12:51:01 +00:00
|
|
|
SwSectionFrm *pSct = 0;
|
2011-04-18 12:37:38 -03:00
|
|
|
// #126020# - adjust check for empty section
|
|
|
|
// #130797# - correct fix #126020#
|
2006-01-27 13:36:50 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( !pUp->Lower() && pUp->IsInSct() &&
|
2006-02-06 15:31:34 +00:00
|
|
|
!(pSct = pUp->FindSctFrm())->ContainsCntnt() &&
|
|
|
|
!pSct->ContainsAny( true ) )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( pUp->GetUpper() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
pSct->DelEmpty( sal_False );
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
pSct->_InvalidateSize();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
else if( (Frm().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)() )
|
2003-03-27 14:45:43 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2003-09-19 09:56:35 +00:00
|
|
|
// OD 26.08.2003 #i18103# - *no* 'ColUnlock' of section -
|
|
|
|
// undo changes of fix for #104992#
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
pUp->Shrink( Frm().Height() );
|
2003-03-27 14:45:43 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( pPage && !IsFollow() && pPage->GetUpper() )
|
|
|
|
((SwRootFrm*)pPage->GetUpper())->InvalidateBrowseWidth();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|* SwTabFrm::Paste()
|
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|*************************************************************************/
|
|
|
|
void SwTabFrm::Paste( SwFrm* pParent, SwFrm* pSibling )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
OSL_ENSURE( pParent, "No parent for pasting." );
|
|
|
|
OSL_ENSURE( pParent->IsLayoutFrm(), "Parent is CntntFrm." );
|
|
|
|
OSL_ENSURE( pParent != this, "I'm the parent myself." );
|
|
|
|
OSL_ENSURE( pSibling != this, "I'm my own neighbour." );
|
2010-11-25 17:08:45 +01:00
|
|
|
OSL_ENSURE( !GetPrev() && !GetNext() && !GetUpper(),
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
"I'm still registred somewhere." );
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
//Insert in the tree.
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
InsertBefore( (SwLayoutFrm*)pParent, pSibling );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
_InvalidateAll();
|
|
|
|
SwPageFrm *pPage = FindPageFrm();
|
|
|
|
InvalidatePage( pPage );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( GetNext() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
GetNext()->_InvalidatePos();
|
|
|
|
GetNext()->_InvalidatePrt();
|
|
|
|
if ( GetNext()->IsCntntFrm() )
|
|
|
|
GetNext()->InvalidatePage( pPage );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
SWRECTFN( this )
|
|
|
|
if( (Frm().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)() )
|
|
|
|
pParent->Grow( (Frm().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)() );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if( (Frm().*fnRect->fnGetWidth)() != (pParent->Prt().*fnRect->fnGetWidth)() )
|
|
|
|
Prepare( PREP_FIXSIZE_CHG );
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( GetPrev() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( !IsFollow() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
GetPrev()->InvalidateSize();
|
|
|
|
if ( GetPrev()->IsCntntFrm() )
|
|
|
|
GetPrev()->InvalidatePage( pPage );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if ( GetNext() )
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
//Take the marging into account when dealing with CntntFrm's. There are
|
|
|
|
//two situations (both always happen at once):
|
|
|
|
//a) The Cntnt becomes the first in a chain
|
|
|
|
//b) The new follower was the first in a chain before
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
GetNext()->_InvalidatePrt();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( pPage && !IsFollow() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( pPage->GetUpper() )
|
|
|
|
((SwRootFrm*)pPage->GetUpper())->InvalidateBrowseWidth();
|
|
|
|
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
if ( !GetPrev() )//At least needed for HTML with a table at the beginning.
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
const SwPageDesc *pDesc = GetFmt()->GetPageDesc().GetPageDesc();
|
|
|
|
if ( (pDesc && pDesc != pPage->GetPageDesc()) ||
|
2012-06-21 13:40:06 +02:00
|
|
|
(!pDesc && pPage->GetPageDesc() != &GetFmt()->GetDoc()->GetPageDesc(0)) )
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
CheckPageDescs( pPage, sal_True );
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2002-01-10 14:36:36 +00:00
|
|
|
/*************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|* SwTabFrm::Prepare()
|
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|*************************************************************************/
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
void SwTabFrm::Prepare( const PrepareHint eHint, const void *, sal_Bool )
|
2002-01-10 14:36:36 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if( PREP_BOSS_CHGD == eHint )
|
|
|
|
CheckDirChange();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
/*************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|* SwRowFrm::SwRowFrm(), ~SwRowFrm()
|
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|*************************************************************************/
|
2010-06-13 15:22:56 +02:00
|
|
|
SwRowFrm::SwRowFrm( const SwTableLine &rLine, SwFrm* pSib, bool bInsertContent ):
|
|
|
|
SwLayoutFrm( rLine.GetFrmFmt(), pSib ),
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
pTabLine( &rLine ),
|
|
|
|
pFollowRow( 0 ),
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i29550#
|
2004-07-12 12:33:59 +00:00
|
|
|
mnTopMarginForLowers( 0 ),
|
|
|
|
mnBottomMarginForLowers( 0 ),
|
|
|
|
mnBottomLineSize( 0 ),
|
|
|
|
// <-- collapsing
|
|
|
|
// --> split table rows
|
2004-05-03 12:47:42 +00:00
|
|
|
bIsFollowFlowRow( false ),
|
2004-07-12 12:33:59 +00:00
|
|
|
// <-- split table rows
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
bIsRepeatedHeadline( false ),
|
|
|
|
mbIsRowSpanLine( false )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2013-02-09 11:35:20 +01:00
|
|
|
mnType = FRMC_ROW;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
//Create the boxes and insert them.
|
2012-05-10 17:42:10 +02:00
|
|
|
const SwTableBoxes &rBoxes = rLine.GetTabBoxes();
|
2004-05-18 14:52:05 +00:00
|
|
|
SwFrm *pTmpPrev = 0;
|
2012-05-10 17:42:10 +02:00
|
|
|
for ( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < rBoxes.size(); ++i )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2010-06-13 15:22:56 +02:00
|
|
|
SwCellFrm *pNew = new SwCellFrm( *rBoxes[i], this, bInsertContent );
|
2004-05-18 14:52:05 +00:00
|
|
|
pNew->InsertBehind( this, pTmpPrev );
|
|
|
|
pTmpPrev = pNew;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SwRowFrm::~SwRowFrm()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SwModify* pMod = GetFmt();
|
|
|
|
if( pMod )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
pMod->Remove( this ); // remove,
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if( !pMod->GetDepends() )
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
delete pMod; // and delete
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|* SwRowFrm::RegistFlys()
|
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|*************************************************************************/
|
|
|
|
void SwRowFrm::RegistFlys( SwPageFrm *pPage )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
::RegistFlys( pPage ? pPage : FindPageFrm(), this );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|* SwRowFrm::Modify()
|
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|*************************************************************************/
|
2010-12-17 09:02:23 +01:00
|
|
|
void SwRowFrm::Modify( const SfxPoolItem* pOld, const SfxPoolItem * pNew )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2012-11-30 08:49:55 +09:00
|
|
|
bool bAttrSetChg = pNew && RES_ATTRSET_CHG == pNew->Which();
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
const SfxPoolItem *pItem = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if( bAttrSetChg )
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
const SwAttrSet* pChgSet = ((SwAttrSetChg*)pNew)->GetChgSet();
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
pChgSet->GetItemState( RES_FRM_SIZE, sal_False, &pItem);
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( !pItem )
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
pChgSet->GetItemState( RES_ROW_SPLIT, sal_False, &pItem);
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if ( RES_FRM_SIZE == pNew->Which() || RES_ROW_SPLIT == pNew->Which() )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
pItem = pNew;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( pItem )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SwTabFrm *pTab = FindTabFrm();
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( pTab )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
const bool bInFirstNonHeadlineRow = pTab->IsFollow() &&
|
|
|
|
this == pTab->GetFirstNonHeadlineRow();
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i35063#
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
// Invalidation required is pRow is last row
|
|
|
|
if ( bInFirstNonHeadlineRow || !GetNext() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( bInFirstNonHeadlineRow )
|
|
|
|
pTab = pTab->FindMaster();
|
|
|
|
pTab->InvalidatePos();
|
|
|
|
}
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SwLayoutFrm::Modify( pOld, pNew );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|* SwRowFrm::MakeAll()
|
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|*************************************************************************/
|
|
|
|
void SwRowFrm::MakeAll()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( !GetNext() )
|
2013-02-09 11:35:20 +01:00
|
|
|
mbValidSize = sal_False;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
SwLayoutFrm::MakeAll();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|* SwRowFrm::Format()
|
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|*************************************************************************/
|
2012-06-01 14:25:22 +03:00
|
|
|
long CalcHeightWidthFlys( const SwFrm *pFrm )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
SWRECTFN( pFrm )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
long nHeight = 0;
|
|
|
|
const SwFrm* pTmp = pFrm->IsSctFrm() ?
|
|
|
|
((SwSectionFrm*)pFrm)->ContainsCntnt() : pFrm;
|
|
|
|
while( pTmp )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i26945# - consider follow text frames
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
const SwSortedObjs* pObjs( 0L );
|
|
|
|
bool bIsFollow( false );
|
|
|
|
if ( pTmp->IsTxtFrm() && static_cast<const SwTxtFrm*>(pTmp)->IsFollow() )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2005-04-06 08:38:36 +00:00
|
|
|
const SwFrm* pMaster;
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i46450# Master does not necessarily have
|
2005-04-06 08:38:36 +00:00
|
|
|
// to exist if this function is called from JoinFrm() ->
|
|
|
|
// Cut() -> Shrink()
|
|
|
|
const SwTxtFrm* pTmpFrm = static_cast<const SwTxtFrm*>(pTmp);
|
|
|
|
if ( pTmpFrm->GetPrev() && pTmpFrm->GetPrev()->IsTxtFrm() &&
|
|
|
|
static_cast<const SwTxtFrm*>(pTmpFrm->GetPrev())->GetFollow() &&
|
|
|
|
static_cast<const SwTxtFrm*>(pTmpFrm->GetPrev())->GetFollow() != pTmp )
|
|
|
|
pMaster = 0;
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
pMaster = pTmpFrm->FindMaster();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( pMaster )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
pObjs = static_cast<const SwTxtFrm*>(pTmp)->FindMaster()->GetDrawObjs();
|
|
|
|
bIsFollow = true;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
pObjs = pTmp->GetDrawObjs();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( pObjs )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
for ( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < pObjs->Count(); ++i )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
const SwAnchoredObject* pAnchoredObj = (*pObjs)[i];
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i26945# - if <pTmp> is follow, the
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
// anchor character frame has to be <pTmp>.
|
|
|
|
if ( bIsFollow &&
|
|
|
|
const_cast<SwAnchoredObject*>(pAnchoredObj)->FindAnchorCharFrm() != pTmp )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i26945# - consider also drawing objects
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2004-02-02 17:22:37 +00:00
|
|
|
// OD 30.09.2003 #i18732# - only objects, which follow
|
|
|
|
// the text flow have to be considered.
|
2004-08-02 13:13:28 +00:00
|
|
|
const SwFrmFmt& rFrmFmt = pAnchoredObj->GetFrmFmt();
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
const bool bConsiderObj =
|
2010-01-05 16:37:41 +01:00
|
|
|
(rFrmFmt.GetAnchor().GetAnchorId() != FLY_AS_CHAR) &&
|
2012-03-21 23:26:30 +01:00
|
|
|
pAnchoredObj->GetObjRect().Top() != FAR_AWAY &&
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
rFrmFmt.GetFollowTextFlow().GetValue() &&
|
|
|
|
pAnchoredObj->GetPageFrm() == pTmp->FindPageFrm();
|
|
|
|
if ( bConsiderObj )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
const SwFmtFrmSize &rSz = rFrmFmt.GetFrmSize();
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if( !rSz.GetHeightPercent() )
|
2002-09-19 12:25:35 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2006-02-03 16:18:25 +00:00
|
|
|
const SwTwips nDistOfFlyBottomToAnchorTop =
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
(pAnchoredObj->GetObjRect().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)() +
|
2002-09-19 12:25:35 +00:00
|
|
|
( bVert ?
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
pAnchoredObj->GetCurrRelPos().X() :
|
|
|
|
pAnchoredObj->GetCurrRelPos().Y() );
|
2002-09-19 12:25:35 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const SwTwips nFrmDiff =
|
|
|
|
(*fnRect->fnYDiff)(
|
|
|
|
(pTmp->Frm().*fnRect->fnGetTop)(),
|
|
|
|
(pFrm->Frm().*fnRect->fnGetTop)() );
|
|
|
|
|
2006-02-03 16:18:25 +00:00
|
|
|
nHeight = Max( nHeight, nDistOfFlyBottomToAnchorTop + nFrmDiff -
|
2002-09-19 12:25:35 +00:00
|
|
|
(pFrm->Frm().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)() );
|
2006-02-03 16:18:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i56115# The first height calculation
|
2006-02-03 16:18:25 +00:00
|
|
|
// gives wrong results if pFrm->Prt().Y() > 0. We do
|
|
|
|
// a second calculation based on the actual rectangles of
|
|
|
|
// pFrm and pAnchoredObj, and use the maximum of the results.
|
|
|
|
// I do not want to remove the first calculation because
|
|
|
|
// if clipping has been applied, using the GetCurrRelPos
|
|
|
|
// might be the better option to calculate nHeight.
|
|
|
|
const SwTwips nDistOfFlyBottomToAnchorTop2 = (*fnRect->fnYDiff)(
|
|
|
|
(pAnchoredObj->GetObjRect().*fnRect->fnGetBottom)(),
|
|
|
|
(pFrm->Frm().*fnRect->fnGetBottom)() );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nHeight = Max( nHeight, nDistOfFlyBottomToAnchorTop2 );
|
2002-09-19 12:25:35 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if( !pFrm->IsSctFrm() )
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
pTmp = pTmp->FindNextCnt();
|
|
|
|
if( !((SwSectionFrm*)pFrm)->IsAnLower( pTmp ) )
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nHeight;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2012-10-12 16:49:40 +02:00
|
|
|
static SwTwips lcl_CalcTopAndBottomMargin( const SwLayoutFrm& rCell, const SwBorderAttrs& rAttrs )
|
2004-04-21 10:40:02 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
const SwTabFrm* pTab = rCell.FindTabFrm();
|
2004-07-12 12:33:59 +00:00
|
|
|
SwTwips nTopSpace = 0;
|
|
|
|
SwTwips nBottomSpace = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i29550#
|
2004-07-12 12:33:59 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( pTab->IsCollapsingBorders() && rCell.Lower() && !rCell.Lower()->IsRowFrm() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nTopSpace = ((SwRowFrm*)rCell.GetUpper())->GetTopMarginForLowers();
|
|
|
|
nBottomSpace = ((SwRowFrm*)rCell.GetUpper())->GetBottomMarginForLowers();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// <-- collapsing
|
2004-04-21 10:40:02 +00:00
|
|
|
else
|
2004-07-12 12:33:59 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( pTab->IsVertical() != rCell.IsVertical() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nTopSpace = rAttrs.CalcLeft( &rCell );
|
|
|
|
nBottomSpace = rAttrs.CalcRight( &rCell );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nTopSpace = rAttrs.CalcTop();
|
|
|
|
nBottomSpace = rAttrs.CalcBottom();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return nTopSpace + nBottomSpace;
|
2004-04-21 10:40:02 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i26945# - add parameter <_bConsiderObjs> in order to
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
// control, if floating screen objects have to be considered for the minimal
|
|
|
|
// cell height.
|
2012-10-12 16:49:40 +02:00
|
|
|
static SwTwips lcl_CalcMinCellHeight( const SwLayoutFrm *_pCell,
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
const sal_Bool _bConsiderObjs,
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
const SwBorderAttrs *pAttrs = 0 )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2004-03-23 10:25:23 +00:00
|
|
|
SWRECTFN( _pCell )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
SwTwips nHeight = 0;
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
const SwFrm* pLow = _pCell->Lower();
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( pLow )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
long nFlyAdd = 0;
|
|
|
|
while ( pLow )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2004-03-23 10:25:23 +00:00
|
|
|
// OD 2004-02-18 #106629# - change condition and switch then-body
|
|
|
|
// and else-body
|
|
|
|
if ( pLow->IsRowFrm() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i26945#
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
nHeight += ::lcl_CalcMinRowHeight( static_cast<const SwRowFrm*>(pLow),
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
_bConsiderObjs );
|
2004-03-23 10:25:23 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
long nLowHeight = (pLow->Frm().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)();
|
|
|
|
nHeight += nLowHeight;
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i26945#
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( _bConsiderObjs )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nFlyAdd = Max( 0L, nFlyAdd - nLowHeight );
|
|
|
|
nFlyAdd = Max( nFlyAdd, ::CalcHeightWidthFlys( pLow ) );
|
|
|
|
}
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pLow = pLow->GetNext();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( nFlyAdd )
|
|
|
|
nHeight += nFlyAdd;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
//The border needs to be considered too, unfortunately it can't be
|
|
|
|
//calculated using PrtArea and Frm because those can be invalid in arbitrary
|
|
|
|
//combinations.
|
2004-03-23 10:25:23 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( _pCell->Lower() )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2004-04-21 10:40:02 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( pAttrs )
|
2004-04-23 08:17:48 +00:00
|
|
|
nHeight += lcl_CalcTopAndBottomMargin( *_pCell, *pAttrs );
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
2004-03-23 10:25:23 +00:00
|
|
|
SwBorderAttrAccess aAccess( SwFrm::GetCache(), _pCell );
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
const SwBorderAttrs &rAttrs = *aAccess.Get();
|
2004-04-23 08:17:48 +00:00
|
|
|
nHeight += lcl_CalcTopAndBottomMargin( *_pCell, rAttrs );
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nHeight;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2004-03-23 10:25:23 +00:00
|
|
|
// OD 2004-02-18 #106629# - correct type of 1st parameter
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i26945# - add parameter <_bConsiderObjs> in order to control,
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
// if floating screen objects have to be considered for the minimal cell height
|
2012-10-12 16:49:40 +02:00
|
|
|
static SwTwips lcl_CalcMinRowHeight( const SwRowFrm* _pRow,
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
const sal_Bool _bConsiderObjs )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2004-03-23 10:25:23 +00:00
|
|
|
SWRECTFN( _pRow )
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2004-03-23 10:25:23 +00:00
|
|
|
const SwFmtFrmSize &rSz = _pRow->GetFmt()->GetFrmSize();
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( _pRow->HasFixSize() && !_pRow->IsRowSpanLine() )
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2010-11-25 17:08:45 +01:00
|
|
|
OSL_ENSURE( ATT_FIX_SIZE == rSz.GetHeightSizeType(), "pRow claims to have fixed size" );
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
return rSz.GetHeight();
|
|
|
|
}
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SwTwips nHeight = 0;
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
const SwCellFrm* pLow = static_cast<const SwCellFrm*>(_pRow->Lower());
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
while ( pLow )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
SwTwips nTmp = 0;
|
|
|
|
const long nRowSpan = pLow->GetLayoutRowSpan();
|
|
|
|
// --> NEW TABLES
|
|
|
|
// Consider height of
|
|
|
|
// 1. current cell if RowSpan == 1
|
|
|
|
// 2. current cell if cell is "follow" cell of a cell with RowSpan == -1
|
|
|
|
// 3. master cell if RowSpan == -1
|
|
|
|
if ( 1 == nRowSpan )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nTmp = ::lcl_CalcMinCellHeight( pLow, _bConsiderObjs );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if ( -1 == nRowSpan )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// Height of the last cell of a row span is height of master cell
|
|
|
|
// minus the height of the other rows which are covered by the master
|
|
|
|
// cell:
|
|
|
|
const SwCellFrm& rMaster = pLow->FindStartEndOfRowSpanCell( true, true );
|
|
|
|
nTmp = ::lcl_CalcMinCellHeight( &rMaster, _bConsiderObjs );
|
|
|
|
const SwFrm* pMasterRow = rMaster.GetUpper();
|
|
|
|
while ( pMasterRow && pMasterRow != _pRow )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nTmp -= (pMasterRow->Frm().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)();
|
|
|
|
pMasterRow = pMasterRow->GetNext();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// <-- NEW TABLES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Do not consider rotated cells:
|
2004-04-21 10:40:02 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( ( 0 != pLow->IsVertical() ) == ( 0 != bVert ) && nTmp > nHeight )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
nHeight = nTmp;
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pLow = static_cast<const SwCellFrm*>(pLow->GetNext());
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( rSz.GetHeightSizeType() == ATT_MIN_SIZE && !_pRow->IsRowSpanLine() )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
nHeight = Max( nHeight, rSz.GetHeight() );
|
|
|
|
return nHeight;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i29550#
|
2004-07-12 12:33:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Calculate the maximum of (TopLineSize + TopLineDist) over all lowers:
|
2012-10-12 16:49:40 +02:00
|
|
|
static sal_uInt16 lcl_GetTopSpace( const SwRowFrm& rRow )
|
2004-07-12 12:33:59 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
sal_uInt16 nTopSpace = 0;
|
2004-07-12 12:33:59 +00:00
|
|
|
for ( SwCellFrm* pCurrLower = (SwCellFrm*)rRow.Lower(); pCurrLower;
|
|
|
|
pCurrLower = (SwCellFrm*)pCurrLower->GetNext() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
sal_uInt16 nTmpTopSpace = 0;
|
2004-07-12 12:33:59 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( pCurrLower->Lower() && pCurrLower->Lower()->IsRowFrm() )
|
|
|
|
nTmpTopSpace = lcl_GetTopSpace( *(SwRowFrm*)pCurrLower->Lower() );
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
const SwAttrSet& rSet = ((SwCellFrm*)pCurrLower)->GetFmt()->GetAttrSet();
|
|
|
|
const SvxBoxItem& rBoxItem = rSet.GetBox();
|
|
|
|
nTmpTopSpace = rBoxItem.CalcLineSpace( BOX_LINE_TOP, sal_True );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nTopSpace = Max( nTopSpace, nTmpTopSpace );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nTopSpace;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Calculate the maximum of TopLineDist over all lowers:
|
2012-10-12 16:49:40 +02:00
|
|
|
static sal_uInt16 lcl_GetTopLineDist( const SwRowFrm& rRow )
|
2004-07-12 12:33:59 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
sal_uInt16 nTopLineDist = 0;
|
2004-07-12 12:33:59 +00:00
|
|
|
for ( SwCellFrm* pCurrLower = (SwCellFrm*)rRow.Lower(); pCurrLower;
|
|
|
|
pCurrLower = (SwCellFrm*)pCurrLower->GetNext() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
sal_uInt16 nTmpTopLineDist = 0;
|
2004-07-12 12:33:59 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( pCurrLower->Lower() && pCurrLower->Lower()->IsRowFrm() )
|
|
|
|
nTmpTopLineDist = lcl_GetTopLineDist( *(SwRowFrm*)pCurrLower->Lower() );
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
const SwAttrSet& rSet = ((SwCellFrm*)pCurrLower)->GetFmt()->GetAttrSet();
|
|
|
|
const SvxBoxItem& rBoxItem = rSet.GetBox();
|
|
|
|
nTmpTopLineDist = rBoxItem.GetDistance( BOX_LINE_TOP );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nTopLineDist = Max( nTopLineDist, nTmpTopLineDist );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nTopLineDist;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Calculate the maximum of BottomLineSize over all lowers:
|
2012-10-12 16:49:40 +02:00
|
|
|
static sal_uInt16 lcl_GetBottomLineSize( const SwRowFrm& rRow )
|
2004-07-12 12:33:59 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
sal_uInt16 nBottomLineSize = 0;
|
2004-07-12 12:33:59 +00:00
|
|
|
for ( SwCellFrm* pCurrLower = (SwCellFrm*)rRow.Lower(); pCurrLower;
|
|
|
|
pCurrLower = (SwCellFrm*)pCurrLower->GetNext() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
sal_uInt16 nTmpBottomLineSize = 0;
|
2004-07-12 12:33:59 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( pCurrLower->Lower() && pCurrLower->Lower()->IsRowFrm() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2006-03-09 13:09:00 +00:00
|
|
|
const SwFrm* pRow = pCurrLower->GetLastLower();
|
2004-07-12 12:33:59 +00:00
|
|
|
nTmpBottomLineSize = lcl_GetBottomLineSize( *(SwRowFrm*)pRow );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
const SwAttrSet& rSet = ((SwCellFrm*)pCurrLower)->GetFmt()->GetAttrSet();
|
|
|
|
const SvxBoxItem& rBoxItem = rSet.GetBox();
|
|
|
|
nTmpBottomLineSize = rBoxItem.CalcLineSpace( BOX_LINE_BOTTOM, sal_True ) -
|
|
|
|
rBoxItem.GetDistance( BOX_LINE_BOTTOM );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nBottomLineSize = Max( nBottomLineSize, nTmpBottomLineSize );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nBottomLineSize;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Calculate the maximum of BottomLineDist over all lowers:
|
2012-10-12 16:49:40 +02:00
|
|
|
static sal_uInt16 lcl_GetBottomLineDist( const SwRowFrm& rRow )
|
2004-07-12 12:33:59 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
sal_uInt16 nBottomLineDist = 0;
|
2004-07-12 12:33:59 +00:00
|
|
|
for ( SwCellFrm* pCurrLower = (SwCellFrm*)rRow.Lower(); pCurrLower;
|
|
|
|
pCurrLower = (SwCellFrm*)pCurrLower->GetNext() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
sal_uInt16 nTmpBottomLineDist = 0;
|
2004-07-12 12:33:59 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( pCurrLower->Lower() && pCurrLower->Lower()->IsRowFrm() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2006-03-09 13:09:00 +00:00
|
|
|
const SwFrm* pRow = pCurrLower->GetLastLower();
|
2004-07-12 12:33:59 +00:00
|
|
|
nTmpBottomLineDist = lcl_GetBottomLineDist( *(SwRowFrm*)pRow );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
const SwAttrSet& rSet = ((SwCellFrm*)pCurrLower)->GetFmt()->GetAttrSet();
|
|
|
|
const SvxBoxItem& rBoxItem = rSet.GetBox();
|
|
|
|
nTmpBottomLineDist = rBoxItem.GetDistance( BOX_LINE_BOTTOM );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nBottomLineDist = Max( nBottomLineDist, nTmpBottomLineDist );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nBottomLineDist;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// <-- collapsing
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
void SwRowFrm::Format( const SwBorderAttrs *pAttrs )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
SWRECTFN( this )
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
OSL_ENSURE( pAttrs, "SwRowFrm::Format without Attrs." );
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2013-02-09 11:35:20 +01:00
|
|
|
const sal_Bool bFix = mbFixSize;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2013-02-09 11:35:20 +01:00
|
|
|
if ( !mbValidPrtArea )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
//RowFrms don't have borders and so on therefore the PrtArea always
|
|
|
|
//matches the Frm.
|
2013-02-09 11:35:20 +01:00
|
|
|
mbValidPrtArea = sal_True;
|
|
|
|
maPrt.Left( 0 );
|
|
|
|
maPrt.Top( 0 );
|
|
|
|
maPrt.Width ( maFrm.Width() );
|
|
|
|
maPrt.Height( maFrm.Height() );
|
2004-07-12 12:33:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i29550#
|
2004-07-12 12:33:59 +00:00
|
|
|
// Here we calculate the top-printing area for the lower cell frames
|
|
|
|
SwTabFrm* pTabFrm = FindTabFrm();
|
|
|
|
if ( pTabFrm->IsCollapsingBorders() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
const sal_uInt16 nTopSpace = lcl_GetTopSpace( *this );
|
|
|
|
const sal_uInt16 nTopLineDist = lcl_GetTopLineDist( *this );
|
|
|
|
const sal_uInt16 nBottomLineSize = lcl_GetBottomLineSize( *this );
|
|
|
|
const sal_uInt16 nBottomLineDist = lcl_GetBottomLineDist( *this );
|
2004-07-12 12:33:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-10-22 07:13:24 +00:00
|
|
|
const SwRowFrm* pPreviousRow = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i32456#
|
2004-10-22 07:13:24 +00:00
|
|
|
// In order to calculate the top printing area for the lower cell
|
|
|
|
// frames, we have to find the 'previous' row frame and compare
|
|
|
|
// the bottom values of the 'previous' row with the 'top' values
|
|
|
|
// of this row. The best way to find the 'previous' row is to
|
|
|
|
// use the table structure:
|
|
|
|
const SwTable* pTable = pTabFrm->GetTable();
|
|
|
|
const SwTableLine* pPrevTabLine = 0;
|
|
|
|
const SwRowFrm* pTmpRow = this;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while ( pTmpRow && !pPrevTabLine )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
sal_uInt16 nIdx = 0;
|
2004-10-22 07:13:24 +00:00
|
|
|
const SwTableLines& rLines = pTmpRow->GetTabLine()->GetUpper() ?
|
|
|
|
pTmpRow->GetTabLine()->GetUpper()->GetTabLines() :
|
2004-07-12 12:33:59 +00:00
|
|
|
pTable->GetTabLines();
|
|
|
|
|
2004-10-22 07:13:24 +00:00
|
|
|
while ( rLines[ nIdx ] != pTmpRow->GetTabLine() )
|
2004-07-12 12:33:59 +00:00
|
|
|
++nIdx;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( nIdx > 0 )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2004-10-22 07:13:24 +00:00
|
|
|
// pTmpRow has a 'previous' row in the table structure:
|
|
|
|
pPrevTabLine = rLines[ nIdx - 1 ];
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// pTmpRow is a first row in the table structue.
|
|
|
|
// We go up in the table structure:
|
|
|
|
pTmpRow = pTmpRow->GetUpper()->GetUpper() &&
|
|
|
|
pTmpRow->GetUpper()->GetUpper()->IsRowFrm() ?
|
|
|
|
static_cast<const SwRowFrm*>( pTmpRow->GetUpper()->GetUpper() ) :
|
|
|
|
0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2004-07-12 12:33:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2004-10-22 07:13:24 +00:00
|
|
|
// If we found a 'previous' row, we look for the appropriate row frame:
|
|
|
|
if ( pPrevTabLine )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2010-12-17 09:02:23 +01:00
|
|
|
SwIterator<SwRowFrm,SwFmt> aIter( *pPrevTabLine->GetFrmFmt() );
|
|
|
|
for ( SwRowFrm* pRow = aIter.First(); pRow; pRow = aIter.Next() )
|
2004-10-22 07:13:24 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2011-04-18 12:37:38 -03:00
|
|
|
// #115759# - do *not* take repeated
|
2004-12-23 09:09:05 +00:00
|
|
|
// headlines, because during split of table it can be
|
|
|
|
// invalid and thus can't provide correct border values.
|
|
|
|
if ( pRow->GetTabLine() == pPrevTabLine &&
|
|
|
|
!pRow->IsRepeatedHeadline() )
|
2004-07-12 12:33:59 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2004-10-22 07:13:24 +00:00
|
|
|
pPreviousRow = pRow;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2004-07-12 12:33:59 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
sal_uInt16 nTopPrtMargin = nTopSpace;
|
2004-07-12 12:33:59 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( pPreviousRow )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
const sal_uInt16 nTmpPrtMargin = pPreviousRow->GetBottomLineSize() + nTopLineDist;
|
2004-07-12 12:33:59 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( nTmpPrtMargin > nTopPrtMargin )
|
|
|
|
nTopPrtMargin = nTmpPrtMargin;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// table has to be notified if it has to change its lower
|
|
|
|
// margin due to changes of nBottomLineSize:
|
|
|
|
if ( !GetNext() && nBottomLineSize != GetBottomLineSize() )
|
|
|
|
pTabFrm->_InvalidatePrt();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// If there are rows nested inside this row, the nested rows
|
|
|
|
// may not have been calculated yet. Therefore the
|
|
|
|
// ::lcl_CalcMinRowHeight( this ) operation later in this
|
|
|
|
// function cannot consider the correct border values. We
|
|
|
|
// have to trigger the invalidation of the outer row frame
|
|
|
|
// manually:
|
|
|
|
// Note: If any further invalidations should be necessary, we
|
|
|
|
// should consider moving the invalidation stuff to the
|
|
|
|
// appropriate SwNotify object.
|
|
|
|
if ( GetUpper()->GetUpper()->IsRowFrm() &&
|
|
|
|
( nBottomLineDist != GetBottomMarginForLowers() ||
|
|
|
|
nTopPrtMargin != GetTopMarginForLowers() ) )
|
|
|
|
GetUpper()->GetUpper()->_InvalidateSize();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SetBottomMarginForLowers( nBottomLineDist ); // 3.
|
|
|
|
SetBottomLineSize( nBottomLineSize ); // 4.
|
|
|
|
SetTopMarginForLowers( nTopPrtMargin ); // 5.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// <-- collapsing
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2013-02-09 11:35:20 +01:00
|
|
|
while ( !mbValidSize )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2013-02-09 11:35:20 +01:00
|
|
|
mbValidSize = sal_True;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2011-11-24 00:52:07 +01:00
|
|
|
#if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 0
|
2001-10-19 09:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( HasFixSize() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
const SwFmtFrmSize &rFrmSize = GetFmt()->GetFrmSize();
|
2010-11-25 17:08:45 +01:00
|
|
|
OSL_ENSURE( rFrmSize.GetSize().Height() > 0, "Hat ihn" );
|
2001-10-19 09:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
const SwTwips nDiff = (Frm().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)() -
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
( HasFixSize() && !IsRowSpanLine()
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
? pAttrs->GetSize().Height()
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i26945#
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
: ::lcl_CalcMinRowHeight( this,
|
|
|
|
FindTabFrm()->IsConsiderObjsForMinCellHeight() ) );
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( nDiff )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2013-02-09 11:35:20 +01:00
|
|
|
mbFixSize = sal_False;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( nDiff > 0 )
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
Shrink( nDiff, sal_False, sal_True );
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
else if ( nDiff < 0 )
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
Grow( -nDiff );
|
2013-02-09 11:35:20 +01:00
|
|
|
mbFixSize = bFix;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2004-08-02 12:08:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// last row will fill the space in its upper.
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( !GetNext() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
//The last fills the remaining space in the upper.
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
SwTwips nDiff = (GetUpper()->Prt().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)();
|
|
|
|
SwFrm *pSibling = GetUpper()->Lower();
|
|
|
|
do
|
|
|
|
{ nDiff -= (pSibling->Frm().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)();
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
pSibling = pSibling->GetNext();
|
|
|
|
} while ( pSibling );
|
|
|
|
if ( nDiff > 0 )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2013-02-09 11:35:20 +01:00
|
|
|
mbFixSize = sal_False;
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
Grow( nDiff );
|
2013-02-09 11:35:20 +01:00
|
|
|
mbFixSize = bFix;
|
|
|
|
mbValidSize = sal_True;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|* SwRowFrm::AdjustCells()
|
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|*************************************************************************/
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
void SwRowFrm::AdjustCells( const SwTwips nHeight, const sal_Bool bHeight )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SwFrm *pFrm = Lower();
|
|
|
|
if ( bHeight )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2010-06-13 15:22:56 +02:00
|
|
|
SwRootFrm *pRootFrm = getRootFrm();
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
SWRECTFN( this )
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
SwRect aOldFrm;
|
|
|
|
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
while ( pFrm )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
SwFrm* pNotify = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SwCellFrm* pCellFrm = static_cast<SwCellFrm*>(pFrm);
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
// NEW TABLES
|
|
|
|
// Which cells need to be adjusted if the current row changes
|
|
|
|
// its height?
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Current frame is a covered frame:
|
|
|
|
// Set new height for covered cell and adjust master cell:
|
|
|
|
if ( pCellFrm->GetTabBox()->getRowSpan() < 1 )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// Set height of current (covered) cell to new line height.
|
|
|
|
const long nDiff = nHeight - (pCellFrm->Frm().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)();
|
|
|
|
if ( nDiff )
|
2002-05-03 11:40:10 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
(pCellFrm->Frm().*fnRect->fnAddBottom)( nDiff );
|
|
|
|
pCellFrm->_InvalidatePrt();
|
2002-05-03 11:40:10 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SwCellFrm* pToAdjust = 0;
|
|
|
|
SwFrm* pToAdjustRow = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// If current frame is covered frame, we still want to adjust the
|
|
|
|
// height of the cell starting the row span
|
|
|
|
if ( pCellFrm->GetLayoutRowSpan() < 1 )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
pToAdjust = const_cast< SwCellFrm*>(&pCellFrm->FindStartEndOfRowSpanCell( true, true ));
|
|
|
|
pToAdjustRow = pToAdjust->GetUpper();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
pToAdjust = pCellFrm;
|
|
|
|
pToAdjustRow = this;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Set height of master cell to height of all lines spanned by this line.
|
|
|
|
long nRowSpan = pToAdjust->GetLayoutRowSpan();
|
|
|
|
SwTwips nSumRowHeight = 0;
|
|
|
|
while ( pToAdjustRow )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// Use new height for the current row:
|
|
|
|
nSumRowHeight += pToAdjustRow == this ?
|
|
|
|
nHeight :
|
|
|
|
(pToAdjustRow->Frm().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( nRowSpan-- == 1 )
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pToAdjustRow = pToAdjustRow->GetNext();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( pToAdjustRow && pToAdjustRow != this )
|
|
|
|
pToAdjustRow->_InvalidateSize();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const long nDiff = nSumRowHeight - (pToAdjust->Frm().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)();
|
|
|
|
if ( nDiff )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
aOldFrm = pToAdjust->Frm();
|
|
|
|
(pToAdjust->Frm().*fnRect->fnAddBottom)( nDiff );
|
|
|
|
pNotify = pToAdjust;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( pNotify )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if( pRootFrm && pRootFrm->IsAnyShellAccessible() && pRootFrm->GetCurrShell() )
|
|
|
|
pRootFrm->GetCurrShell()->Imp()->MoveAccessibleFrm( pNotify, aOldFrm );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pNotify->_InvalidatePrt();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
pFrm = pFrm->GetNext();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{ while ( pFrm )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
pFrm->_InvalidateAll();
|
|
|
|
pFrm = pFrm->GetNext();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
InvalidatePage();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|* SwRowFrm::Cut()
|
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|*************************************************************************/
|
|
|
|
void SwRowFrm::Cut()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SwTabFrm *pTab = FindTabFrm();
|
2004-05-03 12:47:42 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( pTab && pTab->IsFollow() && this == pTab->GetFirstNonHeadlineRow() )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
pTab->FindMaster()->InvalidatePos();
|
|
|
|
}
|
2010-02-18 10:03:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i103961#
|
2010-02-18 10:03:42 +01:00
|
|
|
// notification for accessibility
|
|
|
|
{
|
2010-06-13 15:22:56 +02:00
|
|
|
SwRootFrm *pRootFrm = getRootFrm();
|
2010-02-18 10:03:42 +01:00
|
|
|
if( pRootFrm && pRootFrm->IsAnyShellAccessible() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ViewShell* pVSh = pRootFrm->GetCurrShell();
|
|
|
|
if ( pVSh && pVSh->Imp() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SwFrm* pCellFrm( GetLower() );
|
|
|
|
while ( pCellFrm )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2010-11-25 17:08:45 +01:00
|
|
|
OSL_ENSURE( pCellFrm->IsCellFrm(),
|
2010-02-18 10:03:42 +01:00
|
|
|
"<SwRowFrm::Cut()> - unexpected type of SwRowFrm lower." );
|
|
|
|
pVSh->Imp()->DisposeAccessibleFrm( pCellFrm );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pCellFrm = pCellFrm->GetNext();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
SwLayoutFrm::Cut();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|* SwRowFrm::GrowFrm()
|
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|*************************************************************************/
|
2001-10-19 09:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
SwTwips SwRowFrm::GrowFrm( SwTwips nDist, sal_Bool bTst, sal_Bool bInfo )
|
2001-10-19 09:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
SwTwips nReal = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SwTabFrm* pTab = FindTabFrm();
|
|
|
|
SWRECTFN( pTab )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool bRestrictTableGrowth;
|
|
|
|
bool bHasFollowFlowLine = pTab->HasFollowFlowLine();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( GetUpper()->IsTabFrm() )
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
const SwRowFrm* pFollowFlowRow = IsInSplitTableRow();
|
|
|
|
bRestrictTableGrowth = pFollowFlowRow && !pFollowFlowRow->IsRowSpanLine();
|
|
|
|
}
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
2010-11-25 17:08:45 +01:00
|
|
|
OSL_ENSURE( GetUpper()->IsCellFrm(), "RowFrm->GetUpper neither table nor cell" );
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
bRestrictTableGrowth = GetFollowRow() && bHasFollowFlowLine;
|
2010-11-25 17:08:45 +01:00
|
|
|
OSL_ENSURE( !bRestrictTableGrowth || !GetNext(),
|
|
|
|
"GetFollowRow for row frame that has a Next" );
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// There may still be some space left in my direct upper:
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
const SwTwips nAdditionalSpace =
|
|
|
|
(Frm().*fnRect->fnBottomDist)( (GetUpper()->GetUpper()->*fnRect->fnGetPrtBottom)() );
|
|
|
|
if ( bRestrictTableGrowth && nAdditionalSpace > 0 )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nReal = Min( nAdditionalSpace, nDist );
|
|
|
|
nDist -= nReal;
|
|
|
|
if ( !bTst )
|
|
|
|
(Frm().*fnRect->fnAddBottom)( nReal );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( bRestrictTableGrowth )
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
pTab->SetRestrictTableGrowth( sal_True );
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// Ok, this looks like a hack, indeed, it is a hack.
|
|
|
|
// If the current row frame is inside another cell frame,
|
|
|
|
// and the current row frame has no follow, it should not
|
|
|
|
// be allowed to grow. In fact, setting bRestrictTableGrowth
|
|
|
|
// to 'false' does not work, because the surrounding RowFrm
|
|
|
|
// would set this to 'true'.
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
pTab->SetFollowFlowLine( sal_False );
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nReal += SwLayoutFrm::GrowFrm( nDist, bTst, bInfo);
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
pTab->SetRestrictTableGrowth( sal_False );
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
pTab->SetFollowFlowLine( bHasFollowFlowLine );
|
2001-10-19 09:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
//Update the height of the cells to the newest value.
|
2001-10-19 09:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( !bTst )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2007-09-27 08:06:51 +00:00
|
|
|
SWRECTFNX( this )
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
AdjustCells( (Prt().*fnRectX->fnGetHeight)() + nReal, sal_True );
|
2001-10-19 09:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( nReal )
|
|
|
|
SetCompletePaint();
|
|
|
|
}
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-10-19 09:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
return nReal;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-10-19 09:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
/*************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|* SwRowFrm::ShrinkFrm()
|
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|*************************************************************************/
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
SwTwips SwRowFrm::ShrinkFrm( SwTwips nDist, sal_Bool bTst, sal_Bool bInfo )
|
2001-10-19 09:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SWRECTFN( this )
|
|
|
|
if( HasFixSize() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
AdjustCells( (Prt().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)(), sal_True );
|
2001-10-19 09:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
return 0L;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
//bInfo wird ggf. vom SwRowFrm::Format auf sal_True gesetzt, hier muss dann
|
2001-10-19 09:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
//entsprechend reagiert werden
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
const sal_Bool bShrinkAnyway = bInfo;
|
2001-10-19 09:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
//Only shrink as much as the content of the biggest cell allows.
|
2001-10-19 09:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
SwTwips nRealDist = nDist;
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
const SwFmtFrmSize &rSz = GetFmt()->GetFrmSize();
|
2004-05-18 14:52:05 +00:00
|
|
|
SwTwips nMinHeight = rSz.GetHeightSizeType() == ATT_MIN_SIZE ?
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
rSz.GetHeight() :
|
|
|
|
0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Only necessary to calculate minimal row height if height
|
|
|
|
// of pRow is at least nMinHeight. Otherwise nMinHeight is the
|
|
|
|
// minimum height.
|
2001-10-19 09:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
if( nMinHeight < (Frm().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i26945#
|
2010-11-25 17:08:45 +01:00
|
|
|
OSL_ENSURE( FindTabFrm(), "<SwRowFrm::ShrinkFrm(..)> - no table frame -> crash." );
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
const bool bConsiderObjs( FindTabFrm()->IsConsiderObjsForMinCellHeight() );
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
nMinHeight = lcl_CalcMinRowHeight( this, bConsiderObjs );
|
2001-10-19 09:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-10-19 09:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( ((Frm().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)() - nRealDist) < nMinHeight )
|
|
|
|
nRealDist = (Frm().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)() - nMinHeight;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( nRealDist < 0 )
|
|
|
|
nRealDist = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SwTwips nReal = nRealDist;
|
|
|
|
if ( nReal )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( !bTst )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SwTwips nHeight = (Frm().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)();
|
|
|
|
(Frm().*fnRect->fnSetHeight)( nHeight - nReal );
|
2009-03-04 16:19:59 +00:00
|
|
|
//Badaa: 2008-04-18 * Support for Classical Mongolian Script (SCMS) joint with Jiayanmin
|
|
|
|
if( IsVertical() && !IsVertLR() && !bRev )
|
2001-11-16 13:39:34 +00:00
|
|
|
Frm().Pos().X() += nReal;
|
2001-10-19 09:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SwTwips nTmp = GetUpper()->Shrink( nReal, bTst );
|
|
|
|
if ( !bShrinkAnyway && !GetNext() && nTmp != nReal )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2012-03-13 13:58:46 +00:00
|
|
|
//The last one gets the leftover in the upper and therefore takes
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
//care (otherwise: endless loop)
|
2001-10-19 09:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( !bTst )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nReal -= nTmp;
|
|
|
|
SwTwips nHeight = (Frm().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)();
|
|
|
|
(Frm().*fnRect->fnSetHeight)( nHeight + nReal );
|
2009-03-04 16:19:59 +00:00
|
|
|
//Badaa: 2008-04-18 * Support for Classical Mongolian Script (SCMS) joint with Jiayanmin
|
|
|
|
if( IsVertical() && !IsVertLR() && !bRev )
|
2001-10-19 09:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
Frm().Pos().X() -= nReal;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nReal = nTmp;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
//Invalidate if possible and update the height to the newest value.
|
2001-10-19 09:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( !bTst )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( nReal )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( GetNext() )
|
|
|
|
GetNext()->_InvalidatePos();
|
|
|
|
_InvalidateAll();
|
|
|
|
SetCompletePaint();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SwTabFrm *pTab = FindTabFrm();
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( !pTab->IsRebuildLastLine() && pTab->IsFollow() &&
|
2004-05-03 12:47:42 +00:00
|
|
|
this == pTab->GetFirstNonHeadlineRow() )
|
2001-10-19 09:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
SwTabFrm* pMasterTab = const_cast< SwTabFrm* >( pTab->FindMaster() );
|
|
|
|
pMasterTab->InvalidatePos();
|
2001-10-19 09:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
AdjustCells( (Prt().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)() - nReal, sal_True );
|
2001-10-19 09:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nReal;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
/*************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|* SwRowFrm::IsRowSplitAllowed()
|
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|*************************************************************************/
|
|
|
|
bool SwRowFrm::IsRowSplitAllowed() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
2004-03-17 11:50:18 +00:00
|
|
|
// Fixed size rows are never allowed to split:
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( HasFixSize() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2010-11-25 17:08:45 +01:00
|
|
|
OSL_ENSURE( ATT_FIX_SIZE == GetFmt()->GetFrmSize().GetHeightSizeType(), "pRow claims to have fixed size" );
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2004-03-17 11:50:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Repeated headlines are never allowed to split:
|
2004-05-03 12:47:42 +00:00
|
|
|
const SwTabFrm* pTabFrm = FindTabFrm();
|
|
|
|
if ( pTabFrm->GetTable()->GetRowsToRepeat() > 0 &&
|
|
|
|
pTabFrm->IsInHeadline( *this ) )
|
2004-03-17 11:50:18 +00:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
|
2007-09-27 08:06:51 +00:00
|
|
|
const SwTableLineFmt* pFrmFmt = (SwTableLineFmt*)GetTabLine()->GetFrmFmt();
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
const SwFmtRowSplit& rLP = pFrmFmt->GetRowSplit();
|
|
|
|
return 0 != rLP.GetValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
2001-10-19 09:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2006-03-09 13:09:00 +00:00
|
|
|
/*************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|* SwRowFrm::ShouldRowKeepWithNext()
|
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|*************************************************************************/
|
|
|
|
bool SwRowFrm::ShouldRowKeepWithNext() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
bool bRet = false;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const SwCellFrm* pCell = static_cast<const SwCellFrm*>(Lower());
|
|
|
|
const SwFrm* pTxt = pCell->Lower();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( pTxt && pTxt->IsTxtFrm() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
bRet = static_cast<const SwTxtFrm*>(pTxt)->GetTxtNode()->GetSwAttrSet().GetKeep().GetValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return bRet;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
/*************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|* SwCellFrm::SwCellFrm(), ~SwCellFrm()
|
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|*************************************************************************/
|
2010-06-13 15:22:56 +02:00
|
|
|
SwCellFrm::SwCellFrm( const SwTableBox &rBox, SwFrm* pSib, bool bInsertContent ) :
|
|
|
|
SwLayoutFrm( rBox.GetFrmFmt(), pSib ),
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
pTabBox( &rBox )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2013-02-09 11:35:20 +01:00
|
|
|
mnType = FRMC_CELL;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( !bInsertContent )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
//If a StartIdx is available, CntntFrms are added in the cell, otherwise
|
|
|
|
//Rows have to be present and those are added.
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( rBox.GetSttIdx() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
sal_uLong nIndex = rBox.GetSttIdx();
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
::_InsertCnt( this, rBox.GetFrmFmt()->GetDoc(), ++nIndex );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
2004-05-03 12:47:42 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
const SwTableLines &rLines = rBox.GetTabLines();
|
2004-05-18 14:52:05 +00:00
|
|
|
SwFrm *pTmpPrev = 0;
|
2012-06-18 18:04:44 +02:00
|
|
|
for ( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < rLines.size(); ++i )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2010-06-13 15:22:56 +02:00
|
|
|
SwRowFrm *pNew = new SwRowFrm( *rLines[i], this, bInsertContent );
|
2004-05-18 14:52:05 +00:00
|
|
|
pNew->InsertBehind( this, pTmpPrev );
|
|
|
|
pTmpPrev = pNew;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SwCellFrm::~SwCellFrm()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SwModify* pMod = GetFmt();
|
|
|
|
if( pMod )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-04-11 13:04:40 +00:00
|
|
|
// At this stage the lower frames aren't destroyed already,
|
|
|
|
// therfor we have to do a recursive dispose.
|
2010-06-13 15:22:56 +02:00
|
|
|
SwRootFrm *pRootFrm = getRootFrm();
|
2002-05-03 11:40:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if( pRootFrm && pRootFrm->IsAnyShellAccessible() &&
|
|
|
|
pRootFrm->GetCurrShell() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
pRootFrm->GetCurrShell()->Imp()->DisposeAccessibleFrm( this, sal_True );
|
|
|
|
}
|
2003-03-27 14:45:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
pMod->Remove( this ); // remove,
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if( !pMod->GetDepends() )
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
delete pMod; // and delete
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|* SwCellFrm::Format()
|
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|*************************************************************************/
|
2012-11-30 08:49:55 +09:00
|
|
|
static bool lcl_ArrangeLowers( SwLayoutFrm *pLay, long lYStart, bool bInva )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2012-11-30 08:49:55 +09:00
|
|
|
bool bRet = false;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
SwFrm *pFrm = pLay->Lower();
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
SWRECTFN( pLay )
|
|
|
|
while ( pFrm )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
long nFrmTop = (pFrm->Frm().*fnRect->fnGetTop)();
|
|
|
|
if( nFrmTop != lYStart )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2012-11-30 08:49:55 +09:00
|
|
|
bRet = true;
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
const long lDiff = (*fnRect->fnYDiff)( lYStart, nFrmTop );
|
|
|
|
const long lDiffX = lYStart - nFrmTop;
|
|
|
|
(pFrm->Frm().*fnRect->fnSubTop)( -lDiff );
|
|
|
|
(pFrm->Frm().*fnRect->fnAddBottom)( lDiff );
|
|
|
|
pFrm->SetCompletePaint();
|
|
|
|
if ( !pFrm->GetNext() )
|
|
|
|
pFrm->SetRetouche();
|
|
|
|
if( bInva )
|
|
|
|
pFrm->Prepare( PREP_POS_CHGD );
|
|
|
|
if ( pFrm->IsLayoutFrm() && ((SwLayoutFrm*)pFrm)->Lower() )
|
|
|
|
lcl_ArrangeLowers( (SwLayoutFrm*)pFrm,
|
|
|
|
(((SwLayoutFrm*)pFrm)->Lower()->Frm().*fnRect->fnGetTop)()
|
|
|
|
+ lDiffX, bInva );
|
|
|
|
if ( pFrm->GetDrawObjs() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
for ( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < pFrm->GetDrawObjs()->Count(); ++i )
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2004-08-02 13:13:28 +00:00
|
|
|
SwAnchoredObject* pAnchoredObj = (*pFrm->GetDrawObjs())[i];
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i26945# - check, if anchored object
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
// is lower of layout frame by checking, if the anchor
|
|
|
|
// frame, which contains the anchor position, is a lower
|
|
|
|
// of the layout frame.
|
|
|
|
if ( !pLay->IsAnLower( pAnchoredObj->GetAnchorFrmContainingAnchPos() ) )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i52904# - distinguish between anchored
|
2005-09-28 10:16:25 +00:00
|
|
|
// objects, whose vertical position depends on its anchor
|
|
|
|
// frame and whose vertical position is independent
|
|
|
|
// from its anchor frame.
|
|
|
|
bool bVertPosDepOnAnchor( true );
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SwFmtVertOrient aVert( pAnchoredObj->GetFrmFmt().GetVertOrient() );
|
|
|
|
switch ( aVert.GetRelationOrient() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2007-09-27 08:06:51 +00:00
|
|
|
case text::RelOrientation::PAGE_FRAME:
|
|
|
|
case text::RelOrientation::PAGE_PRINT_AREA:
|
2005-09-28 10:16:25 +00:00
|
|
|
bVertPosDepOnAnchor = false;
|
2007-09-27 08:06:51 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
default: break;
|
2005-09-28 10:16:25 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2004-08-02 13:13:28 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( pAnchoredObj->ISA(SwFlyFrm) )
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2004-08-02 13:13:28 +00:00
|
|
|
SwFlyFrm *pFly = static_cast<SwFlyFrm*>(pAnchoredObj);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// OD 2004-05-18 #i28701# - no direct move of objects,
|
|
|
|
// which are anchored to-paragraph/to-character, if
|
|
|
|
// the wrapping style influence has to be considered
|
|
|
|
// on the object positioning.
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i52904# - no direct move of objects,
|
2005-09-28 10:16:25 +00:00
|
|
|
// whose vertical position doesn't depend on anchor frame.
|
|
|
|
const bool bDirectMove =
|
2012-03-21 23:26:30 +01:00
|
|
|
FAR_AWAY != pFly->Frm().Top() &&
|
2005-09-28 10:16:25 +00:00
|
|
|
bVertPosDepOnAnchor &&
|
|
|
|
!pFly->ConsiderObjWrapInfluenceOnObjPos();
|
|
|
|
if ( bDirectMove )
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
(pFly->Frm().*fnRect->fnSubTop)( -lDiff );
|
|
|
|
(pFly->Frm().*fnRect->fnAddBottom)( lDiff );
|
2005-09-28 10:16:25 +00:00
|
|
|
pFly->GetVirtDrawObj()->SetRectsDirty();
|
|
|
|
// --> OD 2004-08-17 - also notify view of <SdrObject>
|
|
|
|
// instance, which represents the Writer fly frame in
|
|
|
|
// the drawing layer
|
|
|
|
pFly->GetVirtDrawObj()->SetChanged();
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i58280#
|
2006-11-01 14:12:57 +00:00
|
|
|
pFly->InvalidateObjRectWithSpaces();
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2004-08-02 13:13:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( pFly->IsFlyInCntFrm() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
static_cast<SwFlyInCntFrm*>(pFly)->AddRefOfst( lDiff );
|
2011-04-18 12:37:38 -03:00
|
|
|
// #115759# - reset current relative
|
2004-12-23 09:09:05 +00:00
|
|
|
// position to get re-positioned, if not directly moved.
|
2005-09-28 10:16:25 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( !bDirectMove )
|
2004-12-23 09:09:05 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
pAnchoredObj->SetCurrRelPos( Point( 0, 0 ) );
|
|
|
|
}
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if( pFly->IsAutoPos() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
pFly->AddLastCharY( lDiff );
|
|
|
|
// OD 2004-05-18 #i28701# - follow-up of #i22341#
|
|
|
|
// <mnLastTopOfLine> has also been adjusted.
|
|
|
|
pFly->AddLastTopOfLineY( lDiff );
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i26945# - re-registration at
|
2004-12-23 09:09:05 +00:00
|
|
|
// page frame of anchor frame, if table frame isn't
|
|
|
|
// a follow table and table frame isn't in its
|
|
|
|
// rebuild of last line.
|
2005-03-23 12:00:57 +00:00
|
|
|
const SwTabFrm* pTabFrm = pLay->FindTabFrm();
|
2011-04-18 12:37:38 -03:00
|
|
|
// #115759#
|
2004-12-23 09:09:05 +00:00
|
|
|
// - save: check, if table frame is found.
|
|
|
|
if ( pTabFrm &&
|
|
|
|
!( pTabFrm->IsFollow() &&
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
pTabFrm->FindMaster()->IsRebuildLastLine() ) &&
|
|
|
|
pFly->IsFlyFreeFrm() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SwPageFrm* pPageFrm = pFly->GetPageFrm();
|
|
|
|
SwPageFrm* pPageOfAnchor = pFrm->FindPageFrm();
|
|
|
|
if ( pPageFrm != pPageOfAnchor )
|
2004-08-02 13:13:28 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
pFly->InvalidatePos();
|
|
|
|
if ( pPageFrm )
|
|
|
|
pPageFrm->MoveFly( pFly, pPageOfAnchor );
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
pPageOfAnchor->AppendFlyToPage( pFly );
|
2004-08-02 13:13:28 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2004-08-02 13:13:28 +00:00
|
|
|
// OD 2004-05-11 #i28701# - Because of the introduction
|
|
|
|
// of new positionings and alignments (e.g. aligned at
|
|
|
|
// page area, but anchored at-character), the position
|
|
|
|
// of the Writer fly frame has to be invalidated.
|
|
|
|
pFly->InvalidatePos();
|
|
|
|
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i26945# - follow-up of #i3317#
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
// No arrangement of lowers, if Writer fly frame isn't
|
|
|
|
// moved
|
2005-09-28 10:16:25 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( bDirectMove &&
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
::lcl_ArrangeLowers( pFly,
|
2004-08-02 13:13:28 +00:00
|
|
|
(pFly->*fnRect->fnGetPrtTop)(),
|
|
|
|
bInva ) )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
pFly->SetCompletePaint();
|
2004-08-02 13:13:28 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2005-09-28 10:16:25 +00:00
|
|
|
else if ( pAnchoredObj->ISA(SwAnchoredDrawObject) )
|
2003-07-04 12:23:08 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i26945#
|
2005-03-23 12:00:57 +00:00
|
|
|
const SwTabFrm* pTabFrm = pLay->FindTabFrm();
|
|
|
|
if ( pTabFrm &&
|
|
|
|
!( pTabFrm->IsFollow() &&
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
pTabFrm->FindMaster()->IsRebuildLastLine() ) &&
|
2012-12-10 20:52:55 +01:00
|
|
|
(pAnchoredObj->GetFrmFmt().GetAnchor().GetAnchorId()
|
|
|
|
!= FLY_AS_CHAR))
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SwPageFrm* pPageFrm = pAnchoredObj->GetPageFrm();
|
|
|
|
SwPageFrm* pPageOfAnchor = pFrm->FindPageFrm();
|
|
|
|
if ( pPageFrm != pPageOfAnchor )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
pAnchoredObj->InvalidateObjPos();
|
|
|
|
if ( pPageFrm )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
pPageFrm->RemoveDrawObjFromPage( *pAnchoredObj );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pPageOfAnchor->AppendDrawObjToPage( *pAnchoredObj );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i28701# - adjust last character
|
2004-08-02 13:13:28 +00:00
|
|
|
// rectangle and last top of line.
|
|
|
|
pAnchoredObj->AddLastCharY( lDiff );
|
|
|
|
pAnchoredObj->AddLastTopOfLineY( lDiff );
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i52904# - re-introduce direct move
|
2005-09-28 10:16:25 +00:00
|
|
|
// of drawing objects
|
|
|
|
const bool bDirectMove =
|
|
|
|
static_cast<const SwDrawFrmFmt&>(pAnchoredObj->GetFrmFmt()).IsPosAttrSet() &&
|
|
|
|
bVertPosDepOnAnchor &&
|
|
|
|
!pAnchoredObj->ConsiderObjWrapInfluenceOnObjPos();
|
|
|
|
if ( bDirectMove )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SwObjPositioningInProgress aObjPosInProgress( *pAnchoredObj );
|
|
|
|
if ( bVert )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
pAnchoredObj->DrawObj()->Move( Size( lDiff, 0 ) );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
pAnchoredObj->DrawObj()->Move( Size( 0, lDiff ) );
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i58280#
|
2006-11-01 14:12:57 +00:00
|
|
|
pAnchoredObj->InvalidateObjRectWithSpaces();
|
2005-09-28 10:16:25 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2004-08-02 13:13:28 +00:00
|
|
|
pAnchoredObj->InvalidateObjPos();
|
2003-07-04 12:23:08 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2005-09-28 10:16:25 +00:00
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
2011-03-12 11:51:35 +01:00
|
|
|
OSL_FAIL( "<lcl_ArrangeLowers(..)> - unknown type of anchored object!" );
|
2005-09-28 10:16:25 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Columns and cells are ordered horizontal, not vertical
|
|
|
|
if( !pFrm->IsColumnFrm() && !pFrm->IsCellFrm() )
|
|
|
|
lYStart = (*fnRect->fnYInc)( lYStart,
|
|
|
|
(pFrm->Frm().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)() );
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Nowadays, the content inside a cell can flow into the follow table.
|
|
|
|
// Thus, the cell may only grow up to the end of the environment.
|
|
|
|
// So the content may have grown, but the cell could not grow.
|
|
|
|
// Therefore we have to trigger a formatting for the frames, which do
|
|
|
|
// not fit into the cell anymore:
|
|
|
|
SwTwips nDistanceToUpperPrtBottom =
|
|
|
|
(pFrm->Frm().*fnRect->fnBottomDist)( (pLay->*fnRect->fnGetPrtBottom)());
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i56146# - Revise fix of issue #i26945#
|
2006-02-03 16:18:25 +00:00
|
|
|
// do *not* consider content inside fly frames, if it's an undersized paragraph.
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i26945# - consider content inside fly frames
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( nDistanceToUpperPrtBottom < 0 &&
|
2006-02-03 16:18:25 +00:00
|
|
|
( ( pFrm->IsInFly() &&
|
|
|
|
( !pFrm->IsTxtFrm() ||
|
|
|
|
!static_cast<SwTxtFrm*>(pFrm)->IsUndersized() ) ) ||
|
|
|
|
pFrm->IsInSplitTableRow() ) )
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
pFrm->InvalidatePos();
|
2004-11-16 14:50:17 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
pFrm = pFrm->GetNext();
|
|
|
|
}
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
return bRet;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void SwCellFrm::Format( const SwBorderAttrs *pAttrs )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2010-11-25 17:08:45 +01:00
|
|
|
OSL_ENSURE( pAttrs, "CellFrm::Format, pAttrs ist 0." );
|
2004-04-21 10:40:02 +00:00
|
|
|
const SwTabFrm* pTab = FindTabFrm();
|
|
|
|
SWRECTFN( pTab )
|
|
|
|
|
2013-02-09 11:35:20 +01:00
|
|
|
if ( !mbValidPrtArea )
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2013-02-09 11:35:20 +01:00
|
|
|
mbValidPrtArea = sal_True;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
//Adjust position.
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( Lower() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2004-07-12 12:33:59 +00:00
|
|
|
SwTwips nTopSpace, nBottomSpace, nLeftSpace, nRightSpace;
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i29550#
|
2004-07-12 12:33:59 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( pTab->IsCollapsingBorders() && !Lower()->IsRowFrm() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
const SvxBoxItem& rBoxItem = pAttrs->GetBox();
|
|
|
|
nLeftSpace = rBoxItem.GetDistance( BOX_LINE_LEFT );
|
|
|
|
nRightSpace = rBoxItem.GetDistance( BOX_LINE_RIGHT );
|
|
|
|
nTopSpace = ((SwRowFrm*)GetUpper())->GetTopMarginForLowers();
|
|
|
|
nBottomSpace = ((SwRowFrm*)GetUpper())->GetBottomMarginForLowers();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// <-- collapsing
|
|
|
|
// OD 23.01.2003 #106895# - add 1st param to <SwBorderAttrs::CalcRight(..)>
|
|
|
|
nLeftSpace = pAttrs->CalcLeft( this );
|
|
|
|
nRightSpace = pAttrs->CalcRight( this );
|
|
|
|
nTopSpace = pAttrs->CalcTop();
|
|
|
|
nBottomSpace = pAttrs->CalcBottom();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
(this->*fnRect->fnSetXMargins)( nLeftSpace, nRightSpace );
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
(this->*fnRect->fnSetYMargins)( nTopSpace, nBottomSpace );
|
|
|
|
}
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i26945#
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
long nRemaining = GetTabBox()->getRowSpan() >= 1 ?
|
|
|
|
::lcl_CalcMinCellHeight( this, pTab->IsConsiderObjsForMinCellHeight(), pAttrs ) :
|
|
|
|
0;
|
2013-02-09 11:35:20 +01:00
|
|
|
if ( !mbValidSize )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2013-02-09 11:35:20 +01:00
|
|
|
mbValidSize = sal_True;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
//The VarSize of the CellFrms is always the width.
|
|
|
|
//The width is not variable though, it is defined by the format.
|
|
|
|
//This predefined value however does not necessary match the actual
|
|
|
|
//width. The width is calculated based on the attribute, the value in
|
|
|
|
//the attribute matches the desired value of the TabFrm. Changes which
|
|
|
|
//were done there are taken into account here proportionately.
|
|
|
|
//If the cell doesn't have a neighbour anymore, it does not take the
|
|
|
|
//attribute into account and takes the rest of the upper instead.
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
SwTwips nWidth;
|
|
|
|
if ( GetNext() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2007-12-12 12:24:22 +00:00
|
|
|
const SwTwips nWish = pTab->GetFmt()->GetFrmSize().GetWidth();
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
nWidth = pAttrs->GetSize().Width();
|
|
|
|
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
OSL_ENSURE( nWish, "Tabele without width?" );
|
|
|
|
OSL_ENSURE( nWidth <= nWish, "Width of cell larger than table." );
|
2010-11-25 17:08:45 +01:00
|
|
|
OSL_ENSURE( nWidth > 0, "Box without width" );
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
const long nPrtWidth = (pTab->Prt().*fnRect->fnGetWidth)();
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( nWish != nPrtWidth )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
// Avoid rounding problems, at least for the new table model
|
|
|
|
if ( pTab->GetTable()->IsNewModel() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2007-12-12 12:24:22 +00:00
|
|
|
// 1. sum of widths of cells up to this cell (in model)
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
const SwTableLine* pTabLine = GetTabBox()->GetUpper();
|
|
|
|
const SwTableBoxes& rBoxes = pTabLine->GetTabBoxes();
|
|
|
|
const SwTableBox* pTmpBox = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SwTwips nSumWidth = 0;
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
sal_uInt16 i = 0;
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
do
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
pTmpBox = rBoxes[ i++ ];
|
|
|
|
nSumWidth += pTmpBox->GetFrmFmt()->GetFrmSize().GetWidth();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
while ( pTmpBox != GetTabBox() );
|
|
|
|
|
2007-12-12 12:24:22 +00:00
|
|
|
// 2. calculate actual width of cells up to this one
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
double nTmpWidth = nSumWidth;
|
|
|
|
nTmpWidth *= nPrtWidth;
|
|
|
|
nTmpWidth /= nWish;
|
|
|
|
nWidth = (SwTwips)nTmpWidth;
|
|
|
|
|
2007-12-12 12:24:22 +00:00
|
|
|
// 3. calculate frame widths of cells up to this one:
|
|
|
|
const SwFrm* pTmpCell = static_cast<const SwLayoutFrm*>(GetUpper())->Lower();
|
|
|
|
SwTwips nSumFrameWidths = 0;
|
|
|
|
while ( pTmpCell != this )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nSumFrameWidths += (pTmpCell->Frm().*fnRect->fnGetWidth)();
|
|
|
|
pTmpCell = pTmpCell->GetNext();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nWidth = nWidth - nSumFrameWidths;
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// #i12092# use double instead of long,
|
2007-12-12 12:24:22 +00:00
|
|
|
// otherwise this could lead to overflows
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
double nTmpWidth = nWidth;
|
|
|
|
nTmpWidth *= nPrtWidth;
|
|
|
|
nTmpWidth /= nWish;
|
|
|
|
nWidth = (SwTwips)nTmpWidth;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
2010-11-25 17:08:45 +01:00
|
|
|
OSL_ENSURE( pAttrs->GetSize().Width() > 0, "Box without width" );
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
nWidth = (GetUpper()->Prt().*fnRect->fnGetWidth)();
|
|
|
|
SwFrm *pPre = GetUpper()->Lower();
|
|
|
|
while ( pPre != this )
|
2006-03-09 13:09:00 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nWidth -= (pPre->Frm().*fnRect->fnGetWidth)();
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
pPre = pPre->GetNext();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const long nDiff = nWidth - (Frm().*fnRect->fnGetWidth)();
|
2002-02-15 08:33:58 +00:00
|
|
|
if( IsNeighbourFrm() && IsRightToLeft() )
|
|
|
|
(Frm().*fnRect->fnSubLeft)( nDiff );
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
(Frm().*fnRect->fnAddRight)( nDiff );
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
(Prt().*fnRect->fnAddRight)( nDiff );
|
|
|
|
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
//Adjust the height, it's defined through the content and the border.
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
const long nDiffHeight = nRemaining - (Frm().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)();
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( nDiffHeight )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( nDiffHeight > 0 )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
//Validate again if no growth happened. Invalidation is done
|
|
|
|
//through AdjustCells of the row.
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( !Grow( nDiffHeight ) )
|
2013-02-09 11:35:20 +01:00
|
|
|
mbValidSize = mbValidPrtArea = sal_True;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
//Only keep invalidated if shrinking was done; this can be
|
|
|
|
//dismissed because all adjoined cells have to be the same size.
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( !Shrink( -nDiffHeight ) )
|
2013-02-09 11:35:20 +01:00
|
|
|
mbValidSize = mbValidPrtArea = sal_True;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const SwFmtVertOrient &rOri = pAttrs->GetAttrSet().GetVertOrient();
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !Lower() )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
2004-04-21 10:40:02 +00:00
|
|
|
// From now on, all operations are related to the table cell.
|
|
|
|
SWREFRESHFN( this )
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-28 12:00:20 +00:00
|
|
|
SwPageFrm* pPg = 0;
|
2007-09-27 08:06:51 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( !FindTabFrm()->IsRebuildLastLine() && text::VertOrientation::NONE != rOri.GetVertOrient() &&
|
2011-04-18 12:37:38 -03:00
|
|
|
// #158225# no vertical alignment of covered cells
|
2008-07-25 08:45:34 +00:00
|
|
|
!IsCoveredCell() &&
|
2011-04-18 12:37:38 -03:00
|
|
|
// #116532# Do not consider vertical alignment in grid mode
|
2004-06-28 12:00:20 +00:00
|
|
|
!(pPg = FindPageFrm())->HasGrid() )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2007-07-31 16:42:21 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( !Lower()->IsCntntFrm() && !Lower()->IsSctFrm() && !Lower()->IsTabFrm() )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
// OSL_ENSURE(for HTML-import!
|
|
|
|
OSL_ENSURE( !this, "VAlign to cell without content" );
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2012-11-30 08:49:55 +09:00
|
|
|
bool bVertDir = true;
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i43913# - no vertical alignment, if wrapping
|
2005-09-28 10:16:25 +00:00
|
|
|
// style influence is considered on object positioning and
|
|
|
|
// an object is anchored inside the cell.
|
2006-08-14 15:29:51 +00:00
|
|
|
const bool bConsiderWrapOnObjPos( GetFmt()->getIDocumentSettingAccess()->get(IDocumentSettingAccess::CONSIDER_WRAP_ON_OBJECT_POSITION) );
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
//No alignment if border with flow overlaps the cell.
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( pPg->GetSortedObjs() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SwRect aRect( Prt() ); aRect += Frm().Pos();
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
for ( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < pPg->GetSortedObjs()->Count(); ++i )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2004-08-02 13:13:28 +00:00
|
|
|
const SwAnchoredObject* pAnchoredObj = (*pPg->GetSortedObjs())[i];
|
|
|
|
SwRect aTmp( pAnchoredObj->GetObjRect() );
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( aTmp.IsOver( aRect ) )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2006-02-06 15:31:34 +00:00
|
|
|
const SwFrmFmt& rAnchoredObjFrmFmt = pAnchoredObj->GetFrmFmt();
|
|
|
|
const SwFmtSurround &rSur = rAnchoredObjFrmFmt.GetSurround();
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( SURROUND_THROUGHT != rSur.GetSurround() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2005-09-28 10:16:25 +00:00
|
|
|
// frames, which the cell is a lower of, aren't relevant
|
2004-08-02 13:13:28 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( pAnchoredObj->ISA(SwFlyFrm) )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2004-08-02 13:13:28 +00:00
|
|
|
const SwFlyFrm *pFly =
|
|
|
|
static_cast<const SwFlyFrm*>(pAnchoredObj);
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( pFly->IsAnLower( this ) )
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2004-08-02 13:13:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const SwFrm* pAnch = pAnchoredObj->GetAnchorFrm();
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i43913#
|
|
|
|
// #i52904# - no vertical alignment,
|
2005-09-28 10:16:25 +00:00
|
|
|
// if object, anchored inside cell, has temporarly
|
|
|
|
// consider its wrapping style on object positioning.
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i58806# - no vertical alignment
|
2006-02-06 15:31:34 +00:00
|
|
|
// if object does not follow the text flow.
|
2005-09-28 10:16:25 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( bConsiderWrapOnObjPos ||
|
|
|
|
!IsAnLower( pAnch ) ||
|
2006-02-06 15:31:34 +00:00
|
|
|
pAnchoredObj->IsTmpConsiderWrapInfluence() ||
|
|
|
|
!rAnchoredObjFrmFmt.GetFollowTextFlow().GetValue() )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2012-11-30 08:49:55 +09:00
|
|
|
bVertDir = false;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2004-04-21 10:40:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
long nPrtHeight = (Prt().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)();
|
2004-04-21 10:40:02 +00:00
|
|
|
if( ( bVertDir && ( nRemaining -= lcl_CalcTopAndBottomMargin( *this, *pAttrs ) ) < nPrtHeight ) ||
|
|
|
|
(Lower()->Frm().*fnRect->fnGetTop)() != (this->*fnRect->fnGetPrtTop)() )
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2011-01-09 21:44:27 +00:00
|
|
|
long nDiff = (Prt().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)() - nRemaining;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( nDiff >= 0 )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2011-01-09 21:44:27 +00:00
|
|
|
long lTopOfst = 0;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( bVertDir )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
switch ( rOri.GetVertOrient() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2007-09-27 08:06:51 +00:00
|
|
|
case text::VertOrientation::CENTER: lTopOfst = nDiff / 2; break;
|
|
|
|
case text::VertOrientation::BOTTOM: lTopOfst = nDiff; break;
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
default: break;
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
}
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
long nTmp = (*fnRect->fnYInc)(
|
|
|
|
(this->*fnRect->fnGetPrtTop)(), lTopOfst );
|
|
|
|
if ( lcl_ArrangeLowers( this, nTmp, !bVertDir ) )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
SetCompletePaint();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
2012-03-08 20:37:40 +01:00
|
|
|
//Was an old alignment taken into account?
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( Lower()->IsCntntFrm() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
const long lYStart = (this->*fnRect->fnGetPrtTop)();
|
2012-11-30 08:49:55 +09:00
|
|
|
lcl_ArrangeLowers( this, lYStart, true );
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|* SwCellFrm::Modify()
|
|
|
|
|*
|
|
|
|
|*************************************************************************/
|
2004-04-21 10:40:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-12-17 09:02:23 +01:00
|
|
|
void SwCellFrm::Modify( const SfxPoolItem* pOld, const SfxPoolItem * pNew )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2012-11-30 08:49:55 +09:00
|
|
|
bool bAttrSetChg = pNew && RES_ATTRSET_CHG == pNew->Which();
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
const SfxPoolItem *pItem = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if( bAttrSetChg )
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
((SwAttrSetChg*)pNew)->GetChgSet()->GetItemState( RES_VERT_ORIENT, sal_False, &pItem);
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
else if ( RES_VERT_ORIENT == pNew->Which() )
|
|
|
|
pItem = pNew;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( pItem )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2012-11-30 08:49:55 +09:00
|
|
|
bool bInva = true;
|
2007-09-27 08:06:51 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( text::VertOrientation::NONE == ((SwFmtVertOrient*)pItem)->GetVertOrient() &&
|
2003-12-01 08:40:34 +00:00
|
|
|
// OD 04.11.2003 #112910#
|
|
|
|
Lower() && Lower()->IsCntntFrm() )
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2001-11-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
SWRECTFN( this )
|
|
|
|
const long lYStart = (this->*fnRect->fnGetPrtTop)();
|
2012-11-30 08:49:55 +09:00
|
|
|
bInva = lcl_ArrangeLowers( this, lYStart, false );
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( bInva )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SetCompletePaint();
|
|
|
|
InvalidatePrt();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2004-04-21 10:40:02 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( ( bAttrSetChg &&
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
SFX_ITEM_SET == ((SwAttrSetChg*)pNew)->GetChgSet()->GetItemState( RES_PROTECT, sal_False ) ) ||
|
2004-04-21 10:40:02 +00:00
|
|
|
RES_PROTECT == pNew->Which() )
|
2002-08-09 11:50:05 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2010-06-13 15:22:56 +02:00
|
|
|
ViewShell *pSh = getRootFrm()->GetCurrShell();
|
2002-08-09 11:50:05 +00:00
|
|
|
if( pSh && pSh->GetLayout()->IsAnyShellAccessible() )
|
|
|
|
pSh->Imp()->InvalidateAccessibleEditableState( sal_True, this );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2004-04-21 10:40:02 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( bAttrSetChg &&
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
SFX_ITEM_SET == ((SwAttrSetChg*)pNew)->GetChgSet()->GetItemState( RES_FRAMEDIR, sal_False, &pItem ) )
|
2004-04-21 10:40:02 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
SetDerivedVert( sal_False );
|
2004-04-21 10:40:02 +00:00
|
|
|
CheckDirChange();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i29550#
|
2004-07-12 12:33:59 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( bAttrSetChg &&
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
SFX_ITEM_SET == ((SwAttrSetChg*)pNew)->GetChgSet()->GetItemState( RES_BOX, sal_False, &pItem ) )
|
2004-07-12 12:33:59 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SwFrm* pTmpUpper = GetUpper();
|
|
|
|
while ( pTmpUpper->GetUpper() && !pTmpUpper->GetUpper()->IsTabFrm() )
|
|
|
|
pTmpUpper = pTmpUpper->GetUpper();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SwTabFrm* pTabFrm = (SwTabFrm*)pTmpUpper->GetUpper();
|
|
|
|
if ( pTabFrm->IsCollapsingBorders() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// Invalidate lowers of this and next row:
|
|
|
|
lcl_InvalidateAllLowersPrt( (SwRowFrm*)pTmpUpper );
|
|
|
|
pTmpUpper = pTmpUpper->GetNext();
|
|
|
|
if ( pTmpUpper )
|
|
|
|
lcl_InvalidateAllLowersPrt( (SwRowFrm*)pTmpUpper );
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
pTabFrm->InvalidatePrt();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// <-- collapsing
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
SwLayoutFrm::Modify( pOld, pNew );
|
|
|
|
}
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
/*************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
|* SwCellFrm::GetLayoutRowSpan() const
|
|
|
|
|*************************************************************************/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
long SwCellFrm::GetLayoutRowSpan() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
long nRet = GetTabBox()->getRowSpan();
|
|
|
|
if ( nRet < 1 )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
const SwFrm* pRow = GetUpper();
|
|
|
|
const SwTabFrm* pTab = static_cast<const SwTabFrm*>(pRow->GetUpper());
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( pTab && pTab->IsFollow() && pRow == pTab->GetFirstNonHeadlineRow() )
|
|
|
|
nRet = -nRet;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nRet;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i103961#
|
2010-02-18 10:03:42 +01:00
|
|
|
void SwCellFrm::Cut()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// notification for accessibility
|
|
|
|
{
|
2010-06-13 15:22:56 +02:00
|
|
|
SwRootFrm *pRootFrm = getRootFrm();
|
2010-02-18 10:03:42 +01:00
|
|
|
if( pRootFrm && pRootFrm->IsAnyShellAccessible() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ViewShell* pVSh = pRootFrm->GetCurrShell();
|
|
|
|
if ( pVSh && pVSh->Imp() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
pVSh->Imp()->DisposeAccessibleFrm( this );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-02-18 10:03:42 +01:00
|
|
|
SwLayoutFrm::Cut();
|
|
|
|
}
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2004-05-03 12:47:42 +00:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Helper functions for repeated headlines:
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* SwTabFrm::IsInHeadline( const SwFrm& rFrm )
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool SwTabFrm::IsInHeadline( const SwFrm& rFrm ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
2010-11-25 17:08:45 +01:00
|
|
|
OSL_ENSURE( IsAnLower( &rFrm ) && rFrm.IsInTab(),
|
|
|
|
"SwTabFrm::IsInHeadline called for frame not lower of table" );
|
2004-05-03 12:47:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const SwFrm* pTmp = &rFrm;
|
|
|
|
while ( !pTmp->GetUpper()->IsTabFrm() )
|
|
|
|
pTmp = pTmp->GetUpper();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return GetTable()->IsHeadline( *((SwRowFrm*)pTmp)->GetTabLine() );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* SwTabFrm::GetFirstNonHeadlineRow()
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* If this is a master table, we can may assume, that there are at least
|
|
|
|
* nRepeat lines in the table.
|
|
|
|
* If this is a follow table, there are intermediate states for the table
|
|
|
|
* layout, e.g., during deletion of rows, which makes it necessary to find
|
|
|
|
* the first non-headline row by evaluating the headline flag at the row frame.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
SwRowFrm* SwTabFrm::GetFirstNonHeadlineRow() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SwRowFrm* pRet = (SwRowFrm*)Lower();
|
|
|
|
if ( pRet )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( IsFollow() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
while ( pRet && pRet->IsRepeatedHeadline() )
|
|
|
|
pRet = (SwRowFrm*)pRet->GetNext();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
sal_uInt16 nRepeat = GetTable()->GetRowsToRepeat();
|
2004-05-03 12:47:42 +00:00
|
|
|
while ( pRet && nRepeat > 0 )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
pRet = (SwRowFrm*)pRet->GetNext();
|
|
|
|
--nRepeat;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (SwRowFrm*)pRet;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* SwTable::IsHeadline()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool SwTable::IsHeadline( const SwTableLine& rLine ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
for ( sal_uInt16 i = 0; i < GetRowsToRepeat(); ++i )
|
2004-05-03 12:47:42 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( GetTabLines()[ i ] == &rLine )
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2004-03-17 11:50:18 +00:00
|
|
|
bool SwTabFrm::IsLayoutSplitAllowed() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return GetFmt()->GetLayoutSplit().GetValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
2004-01-13 12:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i29550#
|
2004-07-12 12:33:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
sal_uInt16 SwTabFrm::GetBottomLineSize() const
|
2004-07-12 12:33:59 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2010-11-25 17:08:45 +01:00
|
|
|
OSL_ENSURE( IsCollapsingBorders(),
|
|
|
|
"BottomLineSize only required for collapsing borders" );
|
2004-07-12 12:33:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-11-25 17:08:45 +01:00
|
|
|
OSL_ENSURE( Lower(), "Warning! Trying to prevent a crash, please inform FME" );
|
2006-01-20 12:48:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2006-03-09 13:09:00 +00:00
|
|
|
const SwFrm* pTmp = GetLastLower();
|
2006-01-20 12:48:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2011-04-18 12:37:38 -03:00
|
|
|
// #124755# Try to make code robust
|
2006-01-20 12:48:15 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( !pTmp ) return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return static_cast<const SwRowFrm*>(pTmp)->GetBottomLineSize();
|
2004-07-12 12:33:59 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool SwTabFrm::IsCollapsingBorders() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return ((SfxBoolItem&)GetFmt()->GetAttrSet().Get( RES_COLLAPSING_BORDERS )).GetValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// <-- collapsing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-01 06:44:20 +00:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Local helper function to calculate height of first text row
|
|
|
|
//
|
2012-10-12 16:49:40 +02:00
|
|
|
static SwTwips lcl_CalcHeightOfFirstContentLine( const SwRowFrm& rSourceLine )
|
2004-06-01 06:44:20 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// Find corresponding split line in master table
|
|
|
|
const SwTabFrm* pTab = rSourceLine.FindTabFrm();
|
|
|
|
SWRECTFN( pTab )
|
|
|
|
const SwCellFrm* pCurrSourceCell = (SwCellFrm*)rSourceLine.Lower();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// 1. Case: rSourceLine is a follow flow line.
|
|
|
|
// In this case we have to return the minimum of the heights
|
|
|
|
// of the first lines in rSourceLine.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// 2. Case: rSourceLine is not a follow flow line.
|
|
|
|
// In this case we have to return the maximum of the heights
|
|
|
|
// of the first lines in rSourceLine.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
bool bIsInFollowFlowLine = rSourceLine.IsInFollowFlowRow();
|
|
|
|
SwTwips nHeight = bIsInFollowFlowLine ? LONG_MAX : 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while ( pCurrSourceCell )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
// NEW TABLES
|
|
|
|
// Skip cells which are not responsible for the height of
|
|
|
|
// the follow flow line:
|
|
|
|
if ( bIsInFollowFlowLine && pCurrSourceCell->GetLayoutRowSpan() > 1 )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
pCurrSourceCell = (SwCellFrm*)pCurrSourceCell->GetNext();
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2004-10-22 07:13:24 +00:00
|
|
|
const SwFrm *pTmp = pCurrSourceCell->Lower();
|
|
|
|
if ( pTmp )
|
2004-06-01 06:44:20 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2004-10-22 07:13:24 +00:00
|
|
|
SwTwips nTmpHeight = USHRT_MAX;
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i32456# Consider lower row frames
|
2004-10-22 07:13:24 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( pTmp->IsRowFrm() )
|
2004-06-01 06:44:20 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2004-10-22 07:13:24 +00:00
|
|
|
const SwRowFrm* pTmpSourceRow = (SwRowFrm*)pCurrSourceCell->Lower();
|
|
|
|
nTmpHeight = lcl_CalcHeightOfFirstContentLine( *pTmpSourceRow );
|
2004-06-01 06:44:20 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2004-10-22 07:13:24 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( pTmp->IsTabFrm() )
|
2004-06-01 06:44:20 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2004-10-22 07:13:24 +00:00
|
|
|
nTmpHeight = ((SwTabFrm*)pTmp)->CalcHeightOfFirstContentLine();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if ( pTmp->IsTxtFrm() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SwTxtFrm* pTxtFrm = (SwTxtFrm*)pTmp;
|
|
|
|
pTxtFrm->GetFormatted();
|
|
|
|
nTmpHeight = pTxtFrm->FirstLineHeight();
|
|
|
|
}
|
2004-06-01 06:44:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2004-10-22 07:13:24 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( USHRT_MAX != nTmpHeight )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
const SwCellFrm* pPrevCell = pCurrSourceCell->GetPreviousCell();
|
|
|
|
if ( pPrevCell )
|
2004-06-01 06:44:20 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2004-10-22 07:13:24 +00:00
|
|
|
// If we are in a split row, there may be some space
|
|
|
|
// left in the cell frame of the master row.
|
|
|
|
// We look for the minimum of all first line heights;
|
|
|
|
SwTwips nReal = (pPrevCell->Prt().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)();
|
|
|
|
const SwFrm* pFrm = pPrevCell->Lower();
|
|
|
|
const SwFrm* pLast = pFrm;
|
|
|
|
while ( pFrm )
|
2004-06-01 06:44:20 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2004-10-22 07:13:24 +00:00
|
|
|
nReal -= (pFrm->Frm().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)();
|
|
|
|
pLast = pFrm;
|
|
|
|
pFrm = pFrm->GetNext();
|
|
|
|
}
|
2004-08-02 12:08:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i26831#, #i26520#
|
2004-10-22 07:13:24 +00:00
|
|
|
// The additional lower space of the current last.
|
2011-04-18 12:37:38 -03:00
|
|
|
// #115759# - do *not* consider the
|
2004-12-23 09:09:05 +00:00
|
|
|
// additional lower space for 'master' text frames
|
|
|
|
if ( pLast && pLast->IsFlowFrm() &&
|
|
|
|
( !pLast->IsTxtFrm() ||
|
|
|
|
!static_cast<const SwTxtFrm*>(pLast)->GetFollow() ) )
|
2004-10-22 07:13:24 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nReal += SwFlowFrm::CastFlowFrm(pLast)->CalcAddLowerSpaceAsLastInTableCell();
|
2004-06-01 06:44:20 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2004-10-22 07:13:24 +00:00
|
|
|
// Don't forget the upper space and lower space,
|
2011-04-18 12:37:38 -03:00
|
|
|
// #115759# - do *not* consider the upper
|
2004-12-23 09:09:05 +00:00
|
|
|
// and the lower space for follow text frames.
|
|
|
|
if ( pTmp->IsFlowFrm() &&
|
|
|
|
( !pTmp->IsTxtFrm() ||
|
|
|
|
!static_cast<const SwTxtFrm*>(pTmp)->IsFollow() ) )
|
2004-06-01 06:44:20 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2004-10-22 07:13:24 +00:00
|
|
|
nTmpHeight += SwFlowFrm::CastFlowFrm(pTmp)->CalcUpperSpace( NULL, pLast);
|
2004-08-02 12:08:05 +00:00
|
|
|
nTmpHeight += SwFlowFrm::CastFlowFrm(pTmp)->CalcLowerSpace();
|
2004-06-01 06:44:20 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-04-18 12:37:38 -03:00
|
|
|
// #115759# - consider additional lower
|
2004-12-23 09:09:05 +00:00
|
|
|
// space of <pTmp>, if contains only one line.
|
|
|
|
// In this case it would be the new last text frame, which
|
|
|
|
// would have no follow and thus would add this space.
|
|
|
|
if ( pTmp->IsTxtFrm() &&
|
|
|
|
const_cast<SwTxtFrm*>(static_cast<const SwTxtFrm*>(pTmp))
|
|
|
|
->GetLineCount( STRING_LEN ) == 1 )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nTmpHeight += SwFlowFrm::CastFlowFrm(pTmp)
|
|
|
|
->CalcAddLowerSpaceAsLastInTableCell();
|
|
|
|
}
|
2004-10-22 07:13:24 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( nReal > 0 )
|
|
|
|
nTmpHeight -= nReal;
|
2004-06-01 06:44:20 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
2004-10-22 07:13:24 +00:00
|
|
|
// pFirstRow is not a FollowFlowRow. In this case,
|
|
|
|
// we look for the maximum of all first line heights:
|
|
|
|
SwBorderAttrAccess aAccess( SwFrm::GetCache(), pCurrSourceCell );
|
|
|
|
const SwBorderAttrs &rAttrs = *aAccess.Get();
|
|
|
|
nTmpHeight += rAttrs.CalcTop() + rAttrs.CalcBottom();
|
2011-04-16 22:42:13 -03:00
|
|
|
// #i26250#
|
2004-10-22 07:13:24 +00:00
|
|
|
// Don't forget the upper space and lower space,
|
|
|
|
if ( pTmp->IsFlowFrm() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nTmpHeight += SwFlowFrm::CastFlowFrm(pTmp)->CalcUpperSpace();
|
|
|
|
nTmpHeight += SwFlowFrm::CastFlowFrm(pTmp)->CalcLowerSpace();
|
|
|
|
}
|
2004-06-01 06:44:20 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2004-10-22 07:13:24 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2004-06-01 06:44:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2004-10-22 07:13:24 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( bIsInFollowFlowLine )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// minimum
|
|
|
|
if ( nTmpHeight < nHeight )
|
|
|
|
nHeight = nTmpHeight;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// maximum
|
|
|
|
if ( nTmpHeight > nHeight && USHRT_MAX != nTmpHeight )
|
|
|
|
nHeight = nTmpHeight;
|
2004-06-01 06:44:20 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pCurrSourceCell = (SwCellFrm*)pCurrSourceCell->GetNext();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return ( LONG_MAX == nHeight ) ? 0 : nHeight;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Function to calculate height of first text row
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
SwTwips SwTabFrm::CalcHeightOfFirstContentLine() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SWRECTFN( this )
|
|
|
|
|
2006-03-09 13:09:00 +00:00
|
|
|
const bool bDontSplit = !IsFollow() && !GetFmt()->GetLayoutSplit().GetValue();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( bDontSplit )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// Table is not allowed to split: Take the whole height, that's all
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
return (Frm().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)();
|
2006-03-09 13:09:00 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
SwTwips nTmpHeight = 0;
|
2006-03-09 13:09:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-10-21 16:47:37 +02:00
|
|
|
SwRowFrm* pFirstRow = GetFirstNonHeadlineRow();
|
2010-11-25 17:08:45 +01:00
|
|
|
OSL_ENSURE( !IsFollow() || pFirstRow, "FollowTable without Lower" );
|
2006-03-09 13:09:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
// NEW TABLES
|
|
|
|
if ( pFirstRow && pFirstRow->IsRowSpanLine() && pFirstRow->GetNext() )
|
|
|
|
pFirstRow = static_cast<SwRowFrm*>(pFirstRow->GetNext());
|
2006-03-09 13:09:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
// Calculate the height of the headlines:
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
const sal_uInt16 nRepeat = GetTable()->GetRowsToRepeat();
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
SwTwips nRepeatHeight = nRepeat ? lcl_GetHeightOfRows( GetLower(), nRepeat ) : 0;
|
2006-03-09 13:09:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
// Calculate the height of the keeping lines
|
|
|
|
// (headlines + following keeping lines):
|
|
|
|
SwTwips nKeepHeight = nRepeatHeight;
|
|
|
|
if ( GetFmt()->GetDoc()->get(IDocumentSettingAccess::TABLE_ROW_KEEP) )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
sal_uInt16 nKeepRows = nRepeat;
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Check how many rows want to keep together
|
|
|
|
while ( pFirstRow && pFirstRow->ShouldRowKeepWithNext() )
|
2006-03-09 13:09:00 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
++nKeepRows;
|
|
|
|
pFirstRow = static_cast<SwRowFrm*>(pFirstRow->GetNext());
|
2006-03-09 13:09:00 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( nKeepRows > nRepeat )
|
|
|
|
nKeepHeight = lcl_GetHeightOfRows( GetLower(), nKeepRows );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2013-02-22 10:14:47 +02:00
|
|
|
// For master tables, the height of the headlines + the height of the
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
// keeping lines (if any) has to be considered. For follow tables, we
|
|
|
|
// only consider the height of the keeping rows without the repeated lines:
|
|
|
|
if ( !IsFollow() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nTmpHeight = nKeepHeight;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nTmpHeight = nKeepHeight - nRepeatHeight;
|
2006-03-09 13:09:00 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2004-06-01 06:44:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// pFirstRow row is the first non-heading row.
|
|
|
|
// nTmpHeight is the height of the heading row if we are a follow.
|
|
|
|
if ( pFirstRow )
|
|
|
|
{
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
const bool bSplittable = pFirstRow->IsRowSplitAllowed();
|
|
|
|
const SwTwips nFirstLineHeight = (pFirstRow->Frm().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)();
|
2004-06-01 06:44:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2006-03-09 13:09:00 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( !bSplittable )
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// pFirstRow is not splittable, but it is still possible that the line height of pFirstRow
|
|
|
|
// actually is determined by a lower cell with rowspan = -1. In this case we should not
|
|
|
|
// just return the height of the first line. Basically we need to get the height of the
|
|
|
|
// line as it would be on the last page. Since this is quite complicated to calculate,
|
|
|
|
// we olny calculate the height of the first line.
|
|
|
|
if ( pFirstRow->GetPrev() &&
|
|
|
|
static_cast<SwRowFrm*>(pFirstRow->GetPrev())->IsRowSpanLine() )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// Calculate maximum height of all cells with rowspan = 1:
|
|
|
|
SwTwips nMaxHeight = 0;
|
2007-09-27 08:06:51 +00:00
|
|
|
const SwCellFrm* pLower2 = static_cast<const SwCellFrm*>(pFirstRow->Lower());
|
|
|
|
while ( pLower2 )
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2007-09-27 08:06:51 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( 1 == pLower2->GetTabBox()->getRowSpan() )
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2011-01-17 15:06:54 +01:00
|
|
|
const SwTwips nCellHeight = lcl_CalcMinCellHeight( pLower2, sal_True );
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
nMaxHeight = Max( nCellHeight, nMaxHeight );
|
|
|
|
}
|
2007-09-27 08:06:51 +00:00
|
|
|
pLower2 = static_cast<const SwCellFrm*>(pLower2->GetNext());
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nTmpHeight += nMaxHeight;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nTmpHeight += nFirstLineHeight;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-04-18 12:37:38 -03:00
|
|
|
// #118411#
|
2004-12-23 09:09:05 +00:00
|
|
|
// Optimization: lcl_CalcHeightOfFirstContentLine actually can trigger
|
|
|
|
// a formatting of the row frame (via the GetFormatted()). We don't
|
|
|
|
// want this formatting if the row does not have a height.
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
else if ( 0 != nFirstLineHeight )
|
2004-06-01 06:44:20 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
const bool bOldJoinLock = IsJoinLocked();
|
|
|
|
((SwTabFrm*)this)->LockJoin();
|
2005-03-08 12:44:41 +00:00
|
|
|
const SwTwips nHeightOfFirstContentLine = lcl_CalcHeightOfFirstContentLine( *(SwRowFrm*)pFirstRow );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Consider minimum row height:
|
|
|
|
const SwFmtFrmSize &rSz = static_cast<const SwRowFrm*>(pFirstRow)->GetFmt()->GetFrmSize();
|
|
|
|
const SwTwips nMinRowHeight = rSz.GetHeightSizeType() == ATT_MIN_SIZE ?
|
|
|
|
rSz.GetHeight() : 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nTmpHeight += Max( nHeightOfFirstContentLine, nMinRowHeight );
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-01 06:44:20 +00:00
|
|
|
if ( !bOldJoinLock )
|
|
|
|
((SwTabFrm*)this)->UnlockJoin();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return nTmpHeight;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2007-02-28 14:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Some more functions for covered/covering cells. This way inclusion of
|
|
|
|
// SwCellFrm can be avoided
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool SwFrm::IsLeaveUpperAllowed() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
const SwCellFrm* pThisCell = dynamic_cast<const SwCellFrm*>(this);
|
|
|
|
return pThisCell && pThisCell->GetLayoutRowSpan() > 1;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool SwFrm::IsCoveredCell() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
const SwCellFrm* pThisCell = dynamic_cast<const SwCellFrm*>(this);
|
|
|
|
return pThisCell && pThisCell->GetLayoutRowSpan() < 1;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool SwFrm::IsInCoveredCell() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
bool bRet = false;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const SwFrm* pThis = this;
|
|
|
|
while ( pThis && !pThis->IsCellFrm() )
|
|
|
|
pThis = pThis->GetUpper();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( pThis )
|
|
|
|
bRet = pThis->IsCoveredCell();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return bRet;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-10-14 08:30:41 +02:00
|
|
|
/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
|